2. EXECUTION
2.1. EXAMINATION
2.1.1. Existing Utilities: The existence and location of underground and other utilities and construction indicated as existing are not guaranteed. Before beginning Site Work, investigate and verify the existence and location of underground utilities and other construction affecting the Work.
2.1.1.1. Before construction, verify the location and invert elevation at points of connection of sanitary sewer, storm sewer, and water-service piping; and underground electrical services.
2.1.1.2. Furnish location data for Work related to Project that must be performed by public utilities serving the Project Site.
2.2. PREPARATION
2.2.1. Existing Utility Information: Furnish information to local utility that is necessary to adjust, move, or relocate existing utility structures, utility poles, lines, services, or other utility appurtenances located in or affected by construction. Coordinate with authorities having jurisdiction.
2.2.2. Field Measurements: Take field measurements as required to fit the Work properly.
Recheck measurements before installing each product. Where portions of the Work are indicated to fit to other construction, verify dimensions of other construction by field measurements before fabrication. Coordinate fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid delaying the Work.
2.2.3. Space Requirements: Verify space requirements and dimensions of items shown diagrammatically on Drawings.
2.2.4. Review of Contract Documents and Field Conditions: Immediately on discovery of the need for clarification of the Contract Documents, submit a request for information to City per requirements of Document “Requests for Information.” Include a detailed description of problem encountered, together with recommendations for any necessary changes to the Contract Documents.
2.3. CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT
482
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 3
2.3.1. Verification: Before proceeding to lay out the Work, verify layout information shown on Drawings, in relation to the property survey and existing benchmarks. If discrepancies are discovered, notify City and its consultant promptly.
2.3.2. General: Engage a land surveyor or professional engineer to lay out the Work using accepted surveying practices.
2.3.2.1. Establish benchmarks and control points to set lines and levels at each story of construction and elsewhere as needed to locate each element of Project.
2.3.2.2. Establish dimensions within tolerances indicated. Do not scale Drawings to obtain required dimensions.
2.3.2.3. Inform installers of lines and levels to which they must comply.
2.3.2.4. Check the location, level and plumb, of every major element as the Work progresses.
2.3.2.5. Notify City and its consultant when deviations from required lines and levels exceed allowable tolerances.
2.3.2.6. Close site surveys with an error of closure equal to or less than the standard established by authorities having jurisdiction.
2.3.3. Site Improvements: Locate and lay out site improvements, including pavements, grading, fill and topsoil placement, utility slopes, and invert elevations.
2.3.4. Building Lines and Levels: Locate and lay out control lines and levels for structures, building foundations, column grids, and floor levels, including those required for mechanical and electrical work. Transfer survey markings and elevations for use with control lines and levels. Level foundations and piers from two or more locations.
2.3.5. Record Log: Maintain a log of layout control Work. Record deviations from required lines and levels. Include beginning and ending dates and times of surveys, weather conditions, name and duty of each survey party member, and types of instruments and tapes used. Make the log available for reference by City and its consultant.
2.4. FIELD ENGINEERING
2.4.1. Reference Points: Locate existing permanent benchmarks, control points, and similar reference points before beginning the Work. Preserve and protect permanent benchmarks and control points during construction operations.
2.4.1.1. Do not change or relocate existing benchmarks or control points without prior written approval of City and its consultant. Report lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks or control points promptly. Report the need to relocate permanent benchmarks or control points to City and its consultant before proceeding.
2.4.1.2. Require surveyor to replace lost or destroyed permanent benchmarks and control points promptly. Base replacements on the original survey control points.
483
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 4
2.4.2. Benchmarks: Establish and maintain a minimum of two (2) permanent benchmarks on Project Site, referenced to data established by survey control points. Comply with authorities having jurisdiction for type and size of benchmark.
2.4.2.1. Record benchmark locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.
2.4.2.2. Where the actual location or elevation of layout points cannot be marked, provide temporary reference points sufficient to locate the Work.
2.4.2.3. Remove temporary reference points when no longer needed. Restore marked construction to its original condition.
2.4.3. Records: Contractor shall maintain a complete, accurate log of all control and survey Work as it progresses. On request of City or Landscape Architect, Contractor shall submit documentation to verify accuracy of field engineering Work at no additional cost to the City.
2.4.4. Certified Survey: On completion of foundation walls, major site improvements, and other Work requiring field-engineering services, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction and sitework.
2.4.5. Final Property Survey: Prepare and submit a final property survey showing significant features (real property) for Project. Include on the survey a certification, signed by land surveyor or professional engineer, that principal metes, bounds, lines, and levels of Project are accurately positioned as shown on the survey and are in conformance with Contract Documents.
2.4.5.1. Show boundary lines, monuments, streets, site improvements and utilities, existing improvements and significant vegetation, adjoining properties, acreage, grade contours, and the distance and bearing from a Site corner to a legal point.
2.4.6. Compliance with Laws: Contractor is responsible for meeting all applicable codes, OSHA, safety, and shoring requirements.
2.4.7. Nonconforming Work: Contractor is responsible for any re-surveying required by correction of nonconforming Work.
2.5. INSTALLATION
2.5.1. General: Locate the Work and components of the Work accurately, in correct alignment and elevation, as indicated.
2.5.1.1. Make vertical Work plumb and make horizontal Work level.
2.5.1.2. Where space is limited, install components to maximize space available for maintenance and ease of removal for replacement.
2.5.1.3. Conceal pipes, ducts, and wiring in finished areas, unless otherwise indicated.
2.5.1.4. Maintain minimum headroom clearance of 7 feet in spaces without a suspended ceiling.
484
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 5
2.5.2. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations for installing products in applications indicated.
2.5.3. Install products at the time and under conditions that will ensure the best possible results. Maintain conditions required for product performance until Completion.
2.5.4. Conduct construction operations so no part of the Work is subjected to damaging operations or loading in excess of that expected during normal conditions of occupancy.
2.5.5. Tools and Equipment: Do not use tools or equipment that produce harmful noise levels where possible.
2.5.6. Templates: Obtain and distribute to the parties involved templates for work specified to be factory prepared and field installed. Check Shop Drawings of other work to confirm that adequate provisions are made for locating and installing products to comply with indicated requirements.
2.5.7. Anchors and Fasteners: Provide anchors and fasteners as required to anchor each component securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other portions of the Work.
2.5.7.1. Mounting Heights: Where mounting heights are not indicated, mount components at heights directed by City.
2.5.7.2. Allow for building movement, including thermal expansion and contraction.
2.5.7.3. Coordinate installation of anchorages. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project Site in time for installation.
2.5.8. Joints: Make joints of uniform width. Where joint locations in exposed work are not indicated, arrange joints for the best visual effect. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints.
2.5.9. Hazardous Materials: Use products, cleaners, and installation materials that are not classed as hazardous per the MSDS sheets for the products where possible. If hazardous materials are necessary, inform City where and when they will be used no less than 48 hours before use. Take all recommended precautions of the materials’ manufacturers to ensure safe use and clean-up.
2.6. CITY-INSTALLED PRODUCTS
2.6.1. Site Access: Provide access to Project Site for City's construction forces.
2.6.2. Coordination: Coordinate construction and operations of the Work with work performed by City's construction forces.
2.6.2.1. Construction Schedule: Inform City of Contractor’s preferred schedule for City's portion of the Work. Adjust Construction Schedule based on a mutually agreeable timetable. Notify City if changes to schedule are required due to differences in actual construction progress.
485
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 6
2.6.2.2. Preinstallation Conferences: Include City's construction forces at preinstallation conferences covering portions of the Work that are to receive City's work.
Attend preinstallation conferences conducted by City's construction forces if portions of the Work depend on City's construction.
2.7. PROGRESS CLEANING
2.7.1. General: Clean Project Site and work areas daily, including common areas. Coordinate progress cleaning for joint-use areas where more than one installer has worked.
Enforce requirements strictly. Dispose of materials lawfully.
2.7.1.1. Comply with requirements in NFPA 241 for removal of combustible waste materials and debris.
2.7.1.2. Do not hold materials more than seven (7) days during normal weather or three (3) days if the temperature is expected to rise above 80 degrees F.
2.7.1.3. Containerize hazardous and unsanitary waste materials separately from other waste. Mark containers appropriately and dispose of legally, according to regulations. Remove hazardous and unsanitary waste materials daily.
2.7.2. Site: Maintain Project Site free of waste materials and debris.
2.7.3. Work Areas: Clean areas where work is in progress to the level of cleanliness necessary for proper execution of the Work.
2.7.3.1. Remove liquid spills promptly.
2.7.3.2. Where dust would impair proper execution of the Work, broom-clean or vacuum the entire work area, as appropriate.
2.7.4. Installed Work: Keep installed work clean. Clean installed surfaces according to written instructions of manufacturer or fabricator of product installed, using only cleaning materials specifically recommended. If specific cleaning materials are not recommended, use cleaning materials that are not hazardous to health or property and that will not damage exposed surfaces.
2.7.5. Concealed Spaces: Remove debris from concealed spaces before enclosing the space.
2.7.6. Exposed Surfaces in Finished Areas: Clean exposed surfaces and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of Completion.
2.7.7. Waste Disposal: Burying or burning waste materials on-site will not be permitted.
Washing waste materials down sewers or into waterways will not be permitted.
2.7.8. During handling and installation, clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials already in place. Apply protective covering where required to ensure protection from damage or deterioration at Completion.
2.7.9. Clean and provide maintenance on completed construction as frequently as necessary through the remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects. 486
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EXECUTION 01 73 00 - 7
2.7.10. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction operations to assure that no part of the construction, completed or in progress, is subject to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposure during the construction period.
2.8. STARTING AND ADJUSTING
2.8.1. Start equipment and operating components to confirm proper operation. Replace or repair malfunctioning units and retest.
2.8.2. Adjust operating components for proper operation without binding. Adjust equipment for proper operation.
2.8.3. Test each piece of equipment to verify proper operation. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Replace damaged and malfunctioning controls and equipment.
2.8.4. Manufacturer’s Field Service: If a factory-authorized service representative is required to inspect field-assembled components and equipment installation, comply with qualification requirements in Document “Quality Requirements.”
2.9. PROTECTION OF INSTALLED CONSTRUCTION
2.9.1. Provide final protection and maintain conditions that ensure installed Work is without damage or deterioration at time of Completion.
2.9.2. Comply with manufacturer’s written instruction for temperature and relative humidity unless otherwise addressed in the construction planning, sequences, and instructions.
See Section 06 40 00 “Landscape Architectural Woodwork” for additional condition requirements of woodwork.
2.10. CORRECTION OF THE WORK
2.10.1. Repair or remove and replace defective construction. Restore damaged substrates and finishes. Comply with requirements in Document "Cutting and Patching."
2.10.1.1.Repairing includes replacing defective parts, refinishing damaged surfaces, touching up with matching materials, and properly adjusting operating equipment.
2.10.2. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to their specified condition.
2.10.3. Remove and replace damaged surfaces that are exposed to view if surfaces cannot be repaired without visible evidence of repair.
2.10.4. Repair components that do not operate properly. Remove and replace operating components that cannot be repaired.
2.10.5. Remove and replace chipped, scratched, and broken glass or reflective surfaces.
END OF SECTION
487
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 1
SECTION 01 73 29
CUTTING AND PATCHING
1. GENERAL
1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS AND PROVISIONS
Contractor shall review all Contract Documents for applicable provisions related to the provisions in this document, including without limitation:
1.1.1. General Conditions, including, without limitation, Inspections, and Tests, Integration of Work, Nonconforming Work, and Correction of Work, and Uncovering Work;
1.1.2. Supplementary Conditions (if any);
1.1.3. Hazardous Materials Procedures and Requirements;
1.1.4. Hazardous Materials Certification;
1.1.5. Lead-Based Materials Certification; and
1.1.6. Imported Materials Certification.
1.2. CUTTING AND PATCHING
1.2.1. Contractor shall be responsible for all cutting, fitting, and patching, including associated excavation and backfill, required to complete the Work or to:
1.2.1.1. Make several parts fit together properly.
1.2.1.2. Uncover portions of Work to provide for installation of ill-timed Work.
1.2.1.3. Remove and replace defective Work.
1.2.1.4. Remove and replace Work not conforming to requirements of Contract Documents.
1.2.1.5. Remove Samples of installed Work as specified for testing.
1.2.1.6. Provide routine penetrations of non-structural surfaces for installation of piping and electrical conduit.
1.2.1.7. Attaching new materials to existing remodeling areas – including painting (or other finishes) to match existing conditions.
1.2.2. In addition to Contract requirements, upon written instructions from City, Contractor shall uncover Work to provide for observations of covered Work in accordance with the Contract Documents, remove samples of installed materials for testing as directed by City, and remove Work to provide for alteration of existing Work.
1.2.3. Contractor shall not cut or alter Work, or any part of it, in such a way that endangers or compromises the integrity of the Work, the Project, or Work of others. 488
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 2
1.2.4. Contractor shall not cut and patch operating elements or safety related components in a manner that results in reducing their capacity to perform as intended or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life or safety. Operating elements include the following:
1.2.4.1. Primary operational systems and equipment.
1.2.4.2. Air or smoke barriers.
1.2.4.3. Fire-suppression systems.
1.2.4.4. Mechanical systems piping and ducts.
1.2.4.5. Control systems.
1.2.4.6. Communication systems.
1.2.4.7. Conveying systems.
1.2.4.8. Electrical wiring systems.
1.2.5. Contractor shall not cut and patch miscellaneous elements or related components in a manner that could change their load-carrying capacity, that results in reducing capacity to perform as intended, or that results in increased maintenance or decreased operational life of safety. Miscellaneous elements include the following:
1.2.5.1. Water, moisture or vapor barriers.
1.2.5.2. Membranes and flashings.
1.2.5.3. Exterior curtain-wall construction.
1.2.5.4. Equipment supports.
1.2.5.5. Piping, ductwork, vessels and equipment.
1.2.5.6. Noise and vibration control elements and systems.
1.2.5.7. Shoring, bracing and sheeting.
1.3. REQUEST TO CUT, ALTER, PATCH OR EXCAVATE
1.3.1. Contractor shall submit written notice to City pursuant to the applicable notice provisions of the Contract Documents, requesting consent to proceed with the cutting or alteration (“Request”) at least ten (10) days prior to any cutting or alterations that may affect the structural safety of the Project, or Work of others, including the following:
1.3.1.1. The Work of the City or other trades.
1.3.1.2. Structural value or integrity of any element of the Project.
1.3.1.3. Integrity or effectiveness of weather-exposed or weather-resistant elements or systems.
489
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 3
1.3.1.4. Efficiency, operational life, maintenance or safety of operational elements.
1.3.1.5. Visual qualities of sight-exposed elements.
1.3.2. Contractor's Request shall also include:
1.3.2.1. Identification of the Project.
1.3.2.2. Description of affected Work.
1.3.2.3. Necessity for cutting, alterations, or excavations.
1.3.2.4. Impacts of that Work on the City, other trades, or structural or weatherproof integrity of the Project.
1.3.2.5. Description of proposed Work:
1.3.2.5.1. Scope of cutting, patching, alterations, or excavations.
1.3.2.5.2. Trades that will execute Work.
1.3.2.5.3. Products proposed to be used.
1.3.2.5.4. Extent of refinishing to be done.
1.3.2.6. Alternates to cutting and patching.
1.3.2.7. Cost proposal, when applicable.
1.3.2.8. The scheduled date the Work is to be performed and the duration of time to complete the Work.
1.3.2.9. Written permission of other trades whose Work will be affected.
1.4. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.4.1. Contractor shall ensure that cutting, fitting, and patching shall achieve security, strength, weather protection, appearance for aesthetic match, efficiency, operational life, maintenance, safety of operational elements, and the continuity of existing fire ratings.
1.4.2. Contractor shall ensure that cutting, fitting, and patching shall successfully duplicate undisturbed adjacent profiles, materials, textures, finishes, and colors, and that materials shall match existing construction. Where there is dispute as to whether duplication is successful or has been achieved to a reasonable degree, the City's decision shall be final.
1.5. PAYMENT FOR COSTS
1.5.1. Costs caused by ill-timed or defective Work or Work not conforming to Contract Documents, including costs for additional services of the City or its consultants including but not limited to the Landscape Architect, inspector(s), engineers, and agents, will be paid by Contractor and/or deducted from the Contract Price by the City. 490
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 4
1.5.2. Contractor shall provide written cost proposals prior to proceeding with cutting and patching. City shall only pay for cost of Work if it is part of the Contract Price or if a change has been made to the Contract in compliance with the provisions of the General Conditions. Cost of Work performed upon instructions from the City, other than defective or nonconforming Work, will be paid by City on approval of written Change Order in accordance with the Contract Documents.
2. PRODUCTS
2.1. MATERIALS
2.1.1. Contractor shall provide for replacement and restoration of Work removed. Contractor shall comply with the Contract Documents and with the industry standard(s), for the type of Work, and the Specification requirements for each specific product involved. If not specified, Contractor shall recommend a product of a manufacturer or appropriate trade association for approval by the City.
2.1.2. Materials to be cut and patched include those damaged by the performance of the Work.
3. EXECUTION
3.1. INSPECTION
3.1.1. Contractor shall inspect existing conditions of the Site and the Work, including elements subject to movement or damage during cutting and patching, excavating and backfilling.
After uncovering Work, Contractor shall inspect conditions affecting installation of new products.
3.1.2. Contractor shall report unsatisfactory or questionable conditions in writing to City as indicated in the General Conditions and shall proceed with Work as indicated in the General Conditions by City.
3.2. PREPARATION
3.2.1. Contractor shall provide shoring, bracing and supports as required to maintain structural integrity for all portions of the Project, including all requirements of the Project.
3.2.2. Contractor shall provide devices and methods to protect other portions of Project from damage.
3.2.3. Contractor shall, provide all necessary protection from weather and extremes of temperature and humidity for the Project, including without limitation any work that may be exposed by cutting and patching Work. Contractor shall keep excavations free from water.
3.3. ERECTION, INSTALLATION AND APPLICATION
3.3.1. With respect to performance, Contractor shall ensure its Subcontractors:
3.3.1.1. Execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide finished installation to comply with and match specified tolerances and finishes. 491
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CUTTING AND PATCHING 01 73 29 - 5
3.3.1.2. Execute cutting and demolition by methods that will prevent damage to other Work, and provide proper surfaces to receive installation of repairs and new Work.
3.3.1.3. Execute cutting, demolition excavating, and backfilling by methods that will prevent damage to other Work and damage from settlement.
3.3.1.4. Contractor shall use original installer or fabricator to perform cutting and patching for:
3.3.1.5. Weather-exposed surfaces and moisture-resistant elements such as roofing, sheet metal, sealants, waterproofing, and other trades.
3.3.1.6. Sight-exposed finished surfaces.
3.3.2. Contractor shall ensure its Subcontractors execute fitting and adjustment of products to provide a finished installation to comply with specified products, functions, tolerances, and finishes as shown or specified in the Contract Documents including, without limitation, the Drawings and Specifications.
3.3.3. Subcontractors shall fit Work airtight to pipes, sleeves, ducts, conduit, and other penetrations through surfaces. Contractor shall conform to all Code requirements for penetrations or the Drawings and Specifications, whichever calls for a higher quality or more thorough requirement. Contractor shall maintain integrity of both rated and nonrated fire walls, ceilings, floors, etc.
3.3.4. Contractor’s Subcontractors shall restore Work which has been cut or removed and install new products to provide completed Work in accordance with requirements of the Contract Documents and as required to match surrounding areas and surfaces.
3.3.5. Contractor’s Subcontractors shall refinish all continuous surfaces to nearest intersection as necessary to match the existing finish to any new finish.
END OF SECTION
492
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 1 SECTION 01 74 19
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL
1. WASTE MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
1.1. City requires that this Project generate the least amount of trash and waste possible.
1.2. Employ processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors.
1.3. Comply with City of Richmond Construction Waste Recycling requirements.
1.4. Required Recycling, Salvage, and Reuse: The following may not be disposed of in landfills or by incineration:
1.4.1. Aluminum and plastic beverage containers.
1.4.2. Corrugated cardboard.
1.4.3. Wood pallets.
1.4.4. Clean dimensional wood.
1.4.5. Land clearing debris, including brush, branches, logs, and stumps: See Section 31 10 00 for use options.
1.4.6. Metals, including packaging banding, metal studs, sheet metal, structural steel, piping, reinforcing bars, door frames, and other items made of steel, iron, galvanized steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze.
1.5. Contractor shall submit periodic Waste Disposal Reports; all landfill disposal, recycling, salvage, and reuse must be reported regardless of to whom the cost or savings accrues; use the same units of measure on all reports.
1.6. Methods of trash/waste disposal that are not acceptable are:
1.6.1. Burning on the project site.
1.6.2. Burying on the project site.
1.6.3. Dumping or burying on other property, public or private.
1.6.4. Other illegal dumping or burying.
1.6.5. Incineration, either on- or off-site.
1.6.6. Regulatory Requirements: Contractor is responsible for knowing and complying with regulatory requirements, including but not limited to Federal, state and local requirements, pertaining to legal disposal of all construction and demolition waste materials.
2. RELATED REQUIREMENTS
493
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 2
2.1. General Conditions.
2.2. Section 01 30 00 - Administrative Requirements: Additional requirements for project meetings, reports, submittal procedures, and project documentation.
2.3. Section 01 35 00 - Bay Friendly Landscaping Practice Requirements.
2.4. Section 31 10 00 - Site Clearing: Handling and disposal of land clearing debris.
3. MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
3.1. Measurement and payment by the unit method. No separate compensation or payment shall be made for work of this Section.
4. DEFINITIONS
4.1. Clean: Untreated and unpainted; not contaminated with oils, solvents, caulk, or the like.
4.2. Construction and Demolition Waste: Solid wastes typically including building materials, packaging, trash, debris, and rubble resulting from construction, remodeling, repair and demolition operations.
4.3. Hazardous: Exhibiting the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity or reactivity.
4.4. Nonhazardous: Exhibiting none of the characteristics of hazardous substances, i.e., ignitibility, corrosivity, toxicity, or reactivity.
4.5. Nontoxic: Neither immediately poisonous to humans nor poisonous after a long period of exposure.
4.6. Recyclable: The ability of a product or material to be recovered at the end of its life cycle and remanufactured into a new product for reuse by others.
4.7. Recycle: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for remanufacture into a new product for reuse by others.
4.8. Recycling: The process of sorting, cleansing, treating and reconstituting solid waste and other discarded materials for the purpose of using the altered form. Recycling does not include burning, incinerating, or thermally destroying waste.
4.9. Return: To give back reusable items or unused products to vendors for credit.
4.10.Reuse: To reuse a construction waste material in some manner on the project site.
4.11. Salvage: To remove a waste material from the project site to another site for resale or reuse by others.
4.12. Sediment: Soil and other debris that has been eroded and transported by storm or well production runoff water.
4.13. Source Separation: The act of keeping different types of waste materials separate beginning from the first time they become waste.
4.14.Toxic: Poisonous to humans either immediately or after a long period of exposure. 494
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 3
4.15.Trash: Any product or material unable to be reused, returned, recycled, or salvaged.
4.16.Waste: Extra material or material that has reached the end of its useful life in its intended use. Waste includes salvageable, returnable, recyclable, and reusable material.
5. SUBMITTALS
5.1. See Section 01,3000 - Administrative Requirements, for submittal procedures.
5.2. Pre- and Post-Construction Debris Recovery Plans as described in Section 01,3500.
5.3. Waste Disposal Reports: Submit the CONSTRUCTION & DEMOLITION DEBRIS MANAGEMENT PLAN per the Alameda County building permit requirement. The form can be downloaded through the link below. http://www.co.alameda.ca.us/pwa/documents/CD_Form_AC_BID_08_2009.pdf
5.3.1. Submit Construction Debris Management Plan and complete the“Estimated Waste” section of the form at time of pulling the building permit.
5.3.2. During construction, contractor shall submit receipts from approved facilities for diversion of waste and complete the “Actual Waste” section of the form to the County building inspector for approval.
Project will not be finaled until the form is complete and accepted by the County building inspector.
5.3.3. Reuse or donate unused construction materials to donation organization such as ReStore, Oakland (510) 777-1447.
5.4. Submit the City of Hayward “Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling Statement” to the City prior to the construction. The form can be downloaded through the link below https://www.haywardca.gov/sites/default/files/CD%20Recycling%20Form%202017.pdf
6. CONSTRUCTION DEBRIS RECOVERY PLAN IMPLEMENTATION
6.1. Manager: Designate an on-site person or persons responsible for instructing workers and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan.
6.2. Communication: Distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to job site foreman, each subcontractor, City, and Landscape Landscape Architect.
6.3. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the project.
6.4. Hazardous Wastes: Separate, store, and dispose of hazardous wastes according to applicable regulations.
6.5. Recycling: Separate, store, protect, and handle at the site identified recyclable waste products in order to prevent contamination of materials and to maximize recyclability of identified materials. Arrange for timely pickups from the site or deliveries to recycling facility in order to prevent contamination of recyclable materials.
6.6. Reuse of Materials On-Site: Set aside, sort, and protect separated products in preparation for reuse.
6.7. Salvage: Set aside, sort, and protect products to be salvaged for reuse off-site. 495
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL 01 74 19 - 4
END OF SECTION
496
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT AND FINAL CLEANING 01 77 00 - 1
SECTION 01 77 00
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT AND FINAL CLEANING
1. GENERAL
1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS
Contractor shall review all Contract Documents for applicable provisions related to the provisions in this document, including without limitation:
1.1.1. General Conditions including, without limitation, Documents on Work and Completion of Work;
1.1.2. Supplementary Conditions (if any);
1.1.3. Submittals;
1.1.4. Operation and Maintenance Data;
1.1.5. Warranties;
1.1.6. Record Documents;
1.1.7. Demonstration and Training; and
1.1.8. General Commissioning Requirements.
1.2. SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION
1.2.1. Before requesting inspection for determining date of Final Acceptance, complete the following. List items below that are incomplete in request.
1.2.1.1. Obtain and submit releases permitting City unrestricted use of the Work and access to services and utilities. Include certificate of occupancy, operating certificates, and similar releases, if required.
1.2.1.2. Complete startup testing of systems.
1.2.1.3. Submit test/adjust/balance records, if required.
1.2.2. LIST OF INCOMPLETE ITEMS (PUNCH LIST): Contractor shall notify City and Landscape Architect when Contractor considers the Work Is substantially complete. Upon notification, City and Landscape Architect will prepare a list of minor items to be completed or corrected (“Punch List”).
1.2.3. Contractor and/or its Subcontractors shall proceed promptly to complete and correct items on the Punch List. Failure to include an item on Punch List does not alter the responsibility of the Contractor to complete all Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.
1.3. RECORD DOCUMENTS AND SHOP DRAWINGS
497
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT AND FINAL CLEANING 01 77 00 - 2
1.3.1. Contractor shall legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including:
1.3.1.1. Measured depths of foundation in relation to finish floor datum.
1.3.1.2. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of underground utilities and appurtenances, referenced to permit surface improvements.
1.3.1.3. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction, referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work.
1.3.1.4. Field changes of dimension and detail.
1.3.1.5. Details not on original Contract Drawings
1.3.1.6. Changes made by modification(s).
1.3.1.7. References to related Shop Drawings and modifications.
1.3.1.8. Contractor will provide one set of Record Drawings to City.
1.3.1.9. Contractor shall submit all required documents to City and/or Landscape Architect prior to or with its final Application for Payment.
1.4. COMPLETION
1.4.1. Preliminary Procedures: Before requesting inspection for determining date of Completion, complete the following:
1.4.1.1. Submit a final Application for Payment according to the Contract Documents along with final lien releases from the subcontractors.
1.4.1.2. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance service agreements, final certifications, and similar documents.
1.4.1.3. Prepare and submit Project Record Documents, operation and maintenance manuals, Completion construction photograph prints and electronic files, damage or settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
1.4.1.4. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra materials, and similar items to location designated by City. Label with manufacturer's name and model number where applicable.
1.4.1.5. Make final changeover of permanent locks and deliver keys to City. Advise City's personnel of changeover in security provisions.
1.4.1.6. Terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project Site, along with mockups, construction tools, and similar elements.
1.4.1.7. Advise City of changeover in heat and other utilities.
1.4.1.8. Submit changeover information related to City's occupancy, use, operation, and maintenance.
498
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT AND FINAL CLEANING 01 77 00 - 3
1.4.1.9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touch-up painting.
1.4.1.10.Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred exposed finishes to eliminate visual defects.
1.4.1.11.Instruction/Training of City Personnel:
1.4.1.11.1. Before final inspection, at agreed upon times, Contractor shall instruct/provide training to City's designated personnel in operation, adjustment, and maintenance of products,
equipment, and systems.
1.4.1.11.2. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, Contractor shall perform instructions/training for other seasons within six (6) months.
1.4.1.11.3. Contractor shall use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Contractor shall review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.
1.4.1.11.4. Contractor shall prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual when need for such
data becomes apparent during instruction.
1.4.1.11.5. Contractor shall use operation and maintenance manuals as basis for instruction. Contractor shall review contents of manual with personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.
1.4.2. Inspection: Submit a written request for inspection.
1.4.3. Contractor shall comply with Punch List procedures as provided herein and in the Contract Documents, and maintain the presence of a Project Superintendent and Project Manager until the Punch List is complete to ensure proper and timely completion of the Punch List, upon receipt of Contractor’s written notice that all of the Punch List items have been fully completed and the Work is ready for final inspection and acceptance, City and Landscape Architect will inspect the Work and shall submit to Contractor a final inspection report noting the Work, if any, required in order to reach Completion in accordance with the Contract Documents. Absent unusual circumstances, this report shall consist of the Punch List items not yet satisfactorily completed and any additional Punch List items not originally included.
1.4.4. Upon Contractor's completion of all items on the Punch List and any other uncompleted portions of the Work, the Contractor shall notify the City and Landscape Architect, who shall again inspect such Work. If the City and Landscape Architect find the Work complete and acceptable under the Contract Documents, the City will notify Contractor, who shall then jointly submit to the Landscape Architect and City its final Application for Payment.
1.4.5. Costs of Multiple Inspections. More than two (2) requests of City to make a final inspection shall be considered an additional service of City, the Landscape Architect 499
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT AND FINAL CLEANING 01 77 00 - 4
and/or the Inspector, and all subsequent costs will be invoiced to Contractor and withheld from remaining payments, if funds are available.
1.4.6. Punch List shall be deemed complete only upon the City’s determination that all items on the Punch List, and all updates to the Punch List, are complete.
1.5. WARRANTIES
1.5.1. Submittal Time: Submit written warranties on request of City for designated portions of the Work where commencement of warranties other than date of Final Completion is indicated.
1.5.2. Organize warranty documents into an orderly sequence as required by the Document 01 78 36 “Warranties.”
2. PRODUCTS
2.1. MATERIALS
2.1.1. Cleaning Agents: Use cleaning materials and agents recommended by manufacturer or fabricator of the surface to be cleaned. Do not use cleaning agents that are potentially hazardous to health or property or that might damage finished surfaces.
3. EXECUTION
3.1. FINAL CLEANING
3.1.1. Provide final cleaning. Conduct cleaning and waste-removal operations to comply with local laws and ordinances and Federal and local environmental and antipollution regulations. Contractor shall use cleaning methods and procedures that reduce the overall impact on human health and the natural environment by reducing the amount of disposed waste, pollution and environmental degradation. If Project is subject to LEED certification, Contractor shall ensure compliance with the applicable LEED requirements for final cleaning of the Site.
3.1.2. Contractor shall employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.
Clean each surface or unit to condition expected in an average commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.
3.1.2.1. Complete the following cleaning operations before requesting final inspection:
3.1.2.1.1. Clean Project Site, yard, and grounds, in areas disturbed by construction activities, including landscape development areas, of rubbish, waste material, litter, and other foreign substances.
3.1.2.1.2. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains, and other foreign deposits.
3.1.2.1.3. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved to a smooth, even-textured surface.
500
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT AND FINAL CLEANING 01 77 00 - 5
3.1.2.1.4. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from Project Site.
3.1.2.1.5. Clean exposed exterior and interior hard-surfaced finishes to a dirt-free condition, free of stains, films, and similar foreign substances
3.1.2.1.6. Clean all surfaces and other work in accordance with recommendations of the manufacturer.
3.1.2.1.7. Remove spots, mortar, plaster, soil, and paint from ceramic tile, stone, and other finish materials.
3.1.2.1.8. Sweep concrete floors broom clean in unoccupied spaces.
3.1.2.1.9. Vacuum carpet and similar soft surfaces, removing debris and excess nap; shampoo if visible soil or stains remain.
3.1.2.1.10. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass in doors and windows.
3.1.2.1.11. Remove labels that are not permanent.
3.1.2.1.12. Touch up and otherwise repair and restore marred, exposed finishes and surfaces. Replace finishes and surfaces that cannot be satisfactorily repaired or restored or that already show evidence of repair or restoration.
3.1.2.1.13. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment and similar equipment.
3.1.2.1.14. Replace parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
3.1.2.1.15. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains, including stains resulting from water exposure.
3.1.2.1.16. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters.
Clean exposed surfaces of diffusers, registers, and grills.
3.1.2.1.17. Clean ducts, blowers, and coils if units were operated without filters during construction.
3.1.2.1.18. Clean light fixtures, lamps, globes, and reflectors to function with full efficiency. Replace burned-out bulbs, and those noticeably dimmed by hours of use, and defective and noisy starters in fluorescent and mercury vapor fixtures to comply with requirements for new fixtures.
3.1.2.1.19. Leave Project Site clean and ready for occupancy.
3.1.3. Pest Control: Engage an experienced, licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid Project of rodents, insects, and other pests.
501
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT AND FINAL CLEANING 01 77 00 - 6
3.1.4. Comply with safety standards for cleaning. Do not burn waste materials. Do not bury debris or excess materials on City's property. Do not discharge volatile, harmful, or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from Project Site and dispose of lawfully.
END OF SECTION
502
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 - 1
SECTION 01 78 23
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA
1. GENERAL
1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS AND PROVISIONS
Contractor shall review all Contract Documents for applicable provisions related to the provisions in this document, including without limitation:
1.1.1. General Conditions, including, without limitation, Completion of the Work;
1.1.2. Supplementary Conditions (if any);
1.1.3. Submittals;
1.1.4. Contract Closeout and Final Cleaning;
1.1.5. Warranties;
1.1.6. Record Documents; and
1.1.7. General Commissioning Requirements.
1.2. QUALITY ASSURANCE
1.2.1. Contractor shall prepare instructions and data by personnel experienced in maintenance and operation of described products.
1.3. FORMAT
1.3.1. Contractor shall prepare data in the form of an instructional manual entitled “OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL & INSTRUCTIONS” (“Manual”).
1.3.2. Binders: Contractor shall use commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch, three-side rings, with durable plastic covers; two inch maximum ring size. When multiple binders are used, Contractor shall correlate data into related consistent groupings.
1.3.3. Cover: Contractor shall identify each binder with typed or printed title "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUAL & INSTRUCTIONS"; and shall list title of Project and identify subject matter of contents.
1.3.4. Contractor shall arrange content by systems process flow under section numbers and sequence of the Table of Contents of the Contract Documents.
1.3.5. Contractor shall provide tabbed fly leaf for each separate Product and system, with typed description of Product and major component parts of equipment.
1.3.6. Text: The content shall include Manufacturer's printed data, or typewritten data on 24 pound paper.
503
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 - 2
1.3.7. Drawings: Contractor shall provide with reinforced punched binder tab and shall bind in with text; folding larger drawings to size of text pages.
1.3.8. Contractor shall also provide the O&M Manuals along with the drawings in a pdf format provided to the City on a thumb drive.
1.4. CONTENTS, EACH VOLUME
1.4.1. Table of Contents: Contractor shall provide title of Project; names, addresses, and telephone numbers of the Landscape Architect, any engineers, subconsultants, Subcontractor(s), and Contractor with name of responsible parties; and schedule of Products and systems, indexed to content of the volume.
1.4.2. For Each Product or System: Contractor shall list names, addresses, and telephone numbers of Subcontractor(s) and suppliers, including local source of supplies and replacement parts.
1.4.3. Product Data: Contractor shall mark each sheet to clearly identify specific Products and component parts, and data applicable to installation. Delete inapplicable information.
1.4.4. Drawings: Contractor shall supplement Product data to illustrate relations of component parts of equipment and systems, to show control and flow diagrams. Contractor shall not use Project Record Documents as maintenance drawings.
1.4.5. Text: The Contractor shall include any and all information as required to supplement Product data. Contractor shall provide logical sequence of instructions for each procedure, incorporating manufacturer's instructions.
1.5. MANUAL FOR MATERIALS AND FINISHES
1.5.1. Building Products, Applied Materials, and Finishes: Contractor shall include Product data, with catalog number, size, composition, and color and texture designations.
Contractor shall provide information for re-ordering custom manufactured Products.
1.5.2. Instructions for Care and Maintenance: Contractor shall include Manufacturer's recommendations for cleaning agents and methods, precautions against detrimental agents and methods, and recommended schedule for cleaning and maintenance.
1.5.3. Moisture Protection and Weather Exposed Products: Contractor shall include Product data listing applicable reference standards, chemical composition, and details of installation. Contractor shall provide recommendations for inspections, maintenance, and repair.
1.5.4. Additional Requirements: Contractor shall include all additional requirements as specified in the Specifications.
1.5.5. Contractor shall provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data.
1.6. MANUAL FOR EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
1.6.1. Each Item of Equipment and Each System: Contractor shall include description of unit or system, and component parts and identify function, normal operating characteristics, 504
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 - 3
and limiting conditions. Contractor shall include performance curves, with engineering data and tests, and complete nomenclature, and commercial number of replaceable parts.
1.6.2. Panelboard Circuit Directories: Contractor shall provide electrical service characteristics, controls, and communications.
1.6.3. Contractor shall include color coded wiring diagrams as installed.
1.6.4. Operating Procedures: Contractor shall include start-up, break-in, and routine normal operating instructions and sequences. Contractor shall include regulation, control, stopping, shut-down, and emergency instructions. Contractor shall include summer, winter, and any special operating instructions.
1.6.5. Maintenance Requirements: Contractor shall include routine procedures and guide for trouble-shooting; disassembly, repair, and reassembly instructions; and alignment, adjusting, balancing, and checking instructions.
1.6.6. Contractor shall provide servicing and lubrication schedule, and list of lubricants required.
1.6.7. Contractor shall include manufacturer's printed operation and maintenance instructions.
1.6.8. Contractor shall include sequence of operation by controls manufacturer.
1.6.9. Contractor shall provide original manufacturer's parts list, illustrations, assembly drawings, and diagrams required for maintenance.
1.6.10. Contractor shall provide control diagrams by controls manufacturer as installed.
1.6.11. Contractor shall provide Contractor's coordination drawings, with color coded piping diagrams as installed.
1.6.12. Contractor shall provide charts of valve tag numbers, with location and function of each valve, keyed to flow and control diagrams.
1.6.13. Contractor shall provide list of original manufacturer's spare parts, current prices, and recommended quantities to be maintained in storage.
1.6.14. Additional Requirements: Contractor shall include all additional requirements as specified in Specification(s).
1.6.15. Contractor shall provide a listing in Table of Contents for design data, with tabbed fly sheet and space for insertion of data.
1.7. SUBMITTAL
1.7.1. Concurrent with the Schedule of Submittals as indicated in the General Conditions, Contractor shall submit to the City for review two (2) copies of a preliminary draft of proposed formats and outlines of the contents of the Manual. 505
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE DATA 01 78 23 - 4
1.7.2. For equipment, or component parts of equipment put into service during construction and to be operated by City, Contractor shall submit draft content for that portion of the Manual within ten (10) days after acceptance of that equipment or component.
1.7.3. On or before the Contractor submits its final application for payment, Contractor shall submit two (2) copies of a complete Manual in final form. The City will provide comments to Contractor and Contractor must revise the content of the Manual as required by City prior to City's approval of Contractor’s final Application for Payment.
1.7.4. Contractor must submit two (2) copies of revised Manual in final form within ten (10) days after receiving City’s comments. Failure to do so will be a basis for the City withholding funds sufficient to protect itself for Contractor’s failure to provide a final Manual to the City.
END OF SECTION
506
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
WARRANTIES 01 78 36 - 1
SECTION 01 78 36
WARRANTIES
1. GENERAL
1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS AND PROVISIONS
Contractor shall review all Contract Documents for applicable provisions related to the provisions in this document, including without limitation:
1.1.1. General Conditions, including, without limitation, Warranty/Guarantee/Indemnity;
1.1.2. Supplementary Conditions (if any);
1.1.3. Submittals;
1.1.4. Contract Closeout and Final Cleaning;
1.1.5. Operation and Maintenance Data;
1.1.6. Record Documents; and
1.1.7. General Commissioning Requirements.
1.2. FORMAT
1.2.1. Binders: Contractor shall use commercial quality, 8-1/2 by 11 inch, three-side rings, with durable plastic covers; two inch maximum ring size. Contractor shall also provide all Warranties in pdf format on a thumb drive.
1.2.2. Cover: Contractor shall identify each binder with typed or printed title "WARRANTIES” and shall list the title of Project.
1.2.3. Table of Contents: Contractor shall provide the title of Project; name, address, and telephone number of Contractor and equipment supplier, and name of responsible principal. Contractor shall identify each item with the number and title of the specific Specification, document, provision, or section in which the name of the Product or Work item is specified.
1.2.4. Contractor shall separate each Warranty with index tab sheets keyed to the Table of Contents listing, providing full information and using separate typed sheets as necessary. Contractor shall list each applicable and/or responsible Subcontractor(s), supplier(s), and/or manufacturer(s), with name, address, and telephone number of each responsible principal(s).
1.2.5. In addition to all Warranty documentation and information required herein, Contractor shall provide its Guarantee as required by the Contract Documents.
1.3. PREPARATION
1.3.1. Contractor shall obtain Warranties, executed in duplicate by each applicable and/or responsible Subcontractor(s), supplier(s), and manufacturer(s), within ten (10) days after 507
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
WARRANTIES 01 78 36 - 2
completion of the applicable item or Work. Except for items put into use with City's permission, Contractor shall leave date of beginning of time of Warranty until the date of Completion is determined.
1.3.2. Contractor shall verify that Warranties.
1.3.3. are in proper form, contain full information, and are notarized, when required.
1.3.4. Contractor shall co-execute submittals when required.
1.3.5. Contractor shall retain warranties until time specified for submittal.
1.4. TIME OF SUBMITTALS
1.4.1. Schedule of Warranties. Contractor shall provide City with a Schedule of Warranties at least fourteen (14) days prior to submitting its other required submittals indicated herein. This will provide City the opportunity to review the anticipated Warranties and make any comments, suggestions or revisions the City may require.
1.4.2. For equipment or component parts of equipment put into service during construction with City's permission, Contractor shall submit a draft Warranty for that equipment or component within ten (10) days after acceptance of that equipment or component.
1.4.3. On or before the Contractor submits its final application for payment, Contractor shall submit all Warranties and related documents in final form. The City shall indicate any Warranty-related Work that is being performed and incomplete at the time Contractor submits its final application for payment. City will provide comments to Contractor and Contractor must revise the content of the Warranties as required by City prior to City's approval of Contractor’s final Application for Payment.
1.4.4. For items of Work that are not completed until after the date of Completion, Contractor shall provide an updated Warranty for those item(s) of Work within ten (10) days after acceptance, listing the date of acceptance as start of the Warranty period.
1.5. WARRANTY PERIOD
1.5.1. Prime Contractor
1.5.1.1. The blanket warranty period for all materials and workmanship for the entire project is one year (365 calendar days) from the Date of Substantial Completion as identified by the Owner.
1.5.1.2. This warranty period may be revised, modified, or enhanced by specific warranty requirements indicated within each Specification Section.
1.5.2. Subcontractors and Product Manufacturers or Suppliers
1.5.2.1. Workmanship and material warranties as indicated within each Specification Section.
END OF SECTION
508
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 - 1
SECTION 01 78 39
RECORD DOCUMENTS
1. GENERAL
1.1. RELATED DOCUMENTS AND PROVISIONS
Contractor shall review all Contract Documents for applicable provisions related to the provisions in this document, including without limitation:
1.1.1. General Conditions, including, without limitation, Documents on Work and Completion of Work;
1.1.2. Supplementary Conditions (if any);
1.1.3. Submittals;
1.1.4. Contract Closeout and Final Cleaning;
1.1.5. Operation and Maintenance Data;
1.1.6. Warranties; and
1.1.7. General Commissioning Requirements.
2. RECORD DOCUMENTS OR DRAWINGS
2.1. GENERAL
2.1.1. “Record Documents” and “Record Drawings” may also be referred to in the Contract Documents as “As-Built Drawings.”
2.1.2. As indicated in the Contract Documents, in Procore, City will provide Contractor with one set of plans of the under Drawings Tool, for the purpose of tracking as-built modifications.
2.1.3. Contractor shall maintain at each Project Site one (1) set of marked-up Drawings and shall transfer all changes and information to those marked-up Drawings, as often as required in the Contract Documents, but in no case less than once each month, onto current version of drawings located under Drawings Tool for Project’s Listing in Procore.
Contractor shall submit to the Project Inspector one set of color copy of the Project Record Documents (“As-Builts”) showing all changes incorporated into the Work since the preceding monthly submittal. The As-Builts shall be available at the Project Site. The Contractor shall submit prints, color where necessary to distinguish, at the conclusion of the Project following review of the prints. Contractor shall also provide the “Record Drawings” or “Record Documents” in pdf format on a thumb drive.
2.1.4. Label and date each Record Document "RECORD DOCUMENT" in legibly printed letters.
2.1.5. All deviations in construction, including but not limited to pipe and conduit locations and deviations caused, without limitation, by Change Orders, Construction Directives, RFI’s, ASI’s and Addenda shall be accurately and legibly recorded by Contractor. 509
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 - 2
2.1.6. Locations and changes shall be done by Contractor in a neat and legible manner and, where applicable, indicated by drawing a "cloud" around the changed or additional information.
2.2. RECORD DOCUMENT INFORMATION
2.2.1. Contractor shall record the following information:
2.2.1.1. Locations of Work buried under or outside each building, including, without limitation, all utilities, plumbing and electrical lines, and conduits.
2.2.1.2. Actual numbering of each electrical circuit.
2.2.1.3. Locations of significant Work concealed inside each building whose general locations are changed from those shown on the Drawings.
2.2.1.4. Locations of all items, not necessarily concealed, which vary from the Contract Documents.
2.2.1.5. Installed location of all cathodic protection anodes.
2.2.1.6. Deviations from the sizes, locations, and other features of installations shown in the Contract Documents.
2.2.1.7. Locations of underground work, points of connection with existing utilities, changes in direction, valves, manholes, catch basins, capped stubouts, invert elevations, etc.
2.2.1.8. Sufficient information to locate Work concealed in each building with reasonable ease and accuracy.
2.2.2. In some instances, this information may be recorded by dimension. In other instances, it may be recorded in relation to the spaces in the building near which it was installed.
2.2.3. Contractor shall provide additional Drawings as necessary for clarification.
2.2.4. Contractor shall provide in an electronic format as indicated in the Contract Documents, a copy of the Drawings, made from final Shop Drawings marked "No Exceptions Taken" or "Approved as Noted."
2.2.4.1. With the City’s prior approval, Contractor may provide these reproducible Drawings in hard copy.
3. RECORD MATERIALS LOG
3.1.1. Materials Log shall be submitted prior to Completion.
3.1.2. Preparation: Mark Material Log to indicate the actual product installation where installation varies from that indicated in original Material Log.
3.1.3. Give particular attention to information on concealed materials and installations that cannot be readily identified and recorded later.
510
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
RECORD DOCUMENTS 01 78 39 - 3
3.1.4. Mark copy with the proprietary name and characteristics of products, materials, and equipment furnished, including substitutions and product options selected.
3.1.5. Record the name of the manufacturer, supplier, installer, and other information necessary to provide a record of selections made.
3.1.6. The working copy of Materials Log shall be consistently maintained throughout construction, and shall be accessible at Project Site.
4. MAINTENANCE OF RECORD DOCUMENTS
4.1. Contractor shall store Record Documents apart from documents used for construction as follows:
4.1.1. Provide files and racks for storage of Record Documents.
4.1.2. Maintain Record Documents in a clean, dry, legible condition and in good order.
4.2. Contractor shall not use Record Documents for construction purposes.
END OF SECTION
511
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
UTILITY POTHOLING 02 20 00 - 1
SECTION 02 20 00
UTILITY POTHOLING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Perform utility location as necessary for project improvements shown on the drawings and herein specified.
B. It is not the intent of the Plans to show the exact location of all existing or relocated utilities and the Engineer assumes no responsibility therefor. The position of the utilities shown on the Plans is derived from records of utility owners and limited utility locating services. The service connections to these utilities may be, but are not necessarily, shown on the drawings.
C. Overhead utilities including wires, poles and guys are not necessarily shown on the Plans and shall be determined from the Contractor's visit to the site.
D. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the exact location of all utilities and service connections thereto ahead of any excavations through "potholing." The Contractor shall make his/her own investigations, including exploratory excavations, referenced herein as potholing, to determine the locations and type of existing utilities, including service connections, prior to commencing work which could result in damage to such utilities. The Contractor shall immediately notify the Engineer as to any utility discovered by him/her in a different position than shown on the drawings or which is not shown on the drawings.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 31 20 00 – Earthwork
B. Section 31 23 24 – Trench Excavation and Backfill
C. Section 33 10 00 – Water Utilities
D. Section 33 33 00 - Site Sanitary Sewerage System
E. Section 33 40 00 – Storm Drainage System
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with all applicable local, state, and federal requirements regarding materials, methods of work, and disposal of excess and waste materials.
B. Obtain and pay of all required inspections, permits, and fees. Provide notices required by governmental authorities.
512
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
UTILITY POTHOLING 02 20 00 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
Provide materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper execution of work of this Section, as selected by Contractor subject to approval of Owner's Representative.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Prior to setting grades or commencing any trenching or excavation work, the Contractor shall contact all affected utility owners and request them to locate and mark the location of their respective utilities on the ground. The Contractor shall then undertake "potholing" procedures as described herein below.
B. Methodology for potholing shall be determined by location and shall be approved by the Engineer prior to starting work. Potholing methodology shall not disturb surrounding facilities, pavements, structures, vegetation, or other existing elements beyond what is necessary for the potholing location.
C. If a utility owner is not equipped to provide the locating service, the Contractor shall provide for it. The location of said underground pipes and conduits shall be clearly marked on the pavement or with suitable markers if not on pavement. In addition to the location of metallic pipes and conduits, non-metallic pipe, ducts and conduits shall also be similarly located using surface indicators and shall then be similarly marked.
D. As soon as the utility survey is completed, and prior to setting grades or commencing fabrication of engineered pipe, the Contractor shall commence "potholing" to determine the actual location of the pipe, duct or conduit. The Contractor shall uncover all underground utilities, including sewers and storm drains, exercising extreme care so as to avoid drainage. It will be the Contractor’s responsibility to have repairs made to existing facilities at his/her expense in the event of damage. Underground utilities shall be uncovered to a point one (1) foot below the pipe or as directed by the Engineer, where crossing, interferences or connections are shown on the drawings, prior to the preparation of shop drawings, trenching or excavating for any pipe or structure, in order to determine actual elevations. Once uncovered, the Contractor shall record the depth of the utility at the pothole and clearly mark the depth on the pavement. Any variation in the actual elevations and the indicated elevations shall be brought to the Engineer's attention.
E. Excavations around underground electrical ducts and conduits shall be performed using extreme caution to prevent injury or damage to workers and the electrical ducts or conduits. Similar precautions shall be exercised around gas line, telephone, and television cables.
F. Where an underground utility is at variance with the Plans the contractor shall proceed as follows:
513
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
UTILITY POTHOLING 02 20 00 - 3
• Marked utility not shown on the Plans: If a utility is not shown on the Plans but marked in the field by the utility owner, the Contractor shall pothole the utility and proceed with the work providing the utility is not in conflict with the line or grade of the pipeline to be laid and report the discrepancy to the District.
• Utility shown on the Plans but not marked: If a utility is shown on the Plans, but not marked by the utility company or marked in a different location, then the Contractor shall consult with the utility company, pothole the utility, and then proceed with the work providing the utility is not in conflict with the foundation or grade of the pipeline to be laid.
• Unmarked utility: If a utility is not marked by the utility company and the contractor encounters it, then the contractor shall immediately notify the District and the utility company. The Contractor shall proceed with the work if the utility is not in conflict with the line or grade of the pipeline to be installed.
G. After the need for potholing is complete, the Contractor shall backfill the potholing location.
END OF SECTION 02 20 00
514
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
UTILITY POTHOLING 02 20 00 - 4
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
515
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
DEMOLITION 02 41 00 - 1
SECTION 02 41 00
DEMOLITION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Perform demolition work as shown on the drawings and herein specified.
The work includes:
1. Protecting existing trees to remain.
2. Removing bark, grasses and other vegetation.
3. Removing designated site improvements.
4. Protection of on-site utilities.
5. Selective removal of site paving.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 31 10 13 – Site Preparation and Plant Protection B. Section 31 20 00 - Earthwork
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with all applicable local, state, and federal requirements regarding materials, methods of work, and disposal of excess and waste materials.
B. Obtain and pay of all required inspections, permits, and fees. Provide notices required by governmental authorities.
1.04 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Perform demolition work before commencing site construction.
B. Locate and identify existing underground and overhead services and utilities within contract limit work areas. Provide adequate means of protection of utilities and services not designated for removal.
C. Provide necessary barricades, coverings, bracing, shorting, signs, lights and protection required to provide public safety and to prevent damage to existing improvements indicated to remain.
D. Restore to original grades and conditions, areas adjacent to site disturbed or damaged as a result of demolition work.
516
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
DEMOLITION 02 41 00 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
Provide materials, not specifically described but required for a complete and proper execution of work of this Section, as selected by Contractor subject to approval of Owner's Representative.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the substrate under with demolition work is to be done. Notify the Owner's Representative, in writing of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work.
B. Prior to starting demolition, make an inspection and report observable defects and structural weaknesses of structures designated for removal, of adjacent structures, and of other improvements to remain.
3.02 STRIPPING AND GRUBBING
A. Specified in Section 31 20 00 – Earthwork
B. Section 31 10 13 – Site Preparation and Plant Protection
3.03 GENERAL
A. Remove existing improvements as required to accommodate new construction whether or not indicated on the drawings and herein specified
B. Remove materials carefully, providing for neat and structurally sound junctions between existing buildings, structures, facilities, utilities, trees and other plant materials to remain at no additional cost to the Owner.
3.04 PROTECTION OF EXISTING TREES – see Section 31 10 13 A. Protect existing trees scheduled to remain against injury or damage, including cutting, breaking, or skinning of roots, trunks or branches; smothering by stockpiled construction materials, excavated materials or vehicular traffic within the dripline.
3.05 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. Arrange for disconnection, disconnect and seal or cap all utilities and services designated to be abandoned and/or removed before start of site work operations.
Perform all work in accordance with the requirements of the applicable utility company or agency involved.
B. Adjust electrical, irrigation, valve boxes or any other existing structures to meet new grades
517
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
DEMOLITION 02 41 00 - 3
3.06 CLEARING
A. Locate and identify trees and improvements indicated to remain.
B. Remove plants undergrowth, other vegetation, and debris, except items indicated to remain.
C. Remove fence and applicable foundations as indicated in the plan. Backfill foundation with native soil or as approved by the Engineer.
3.07 ASPHALT MILLING
A. Mill and remove existing asphalt paving as required to accommodate new asphalt paving.
B. Saw-cut existing asphaltic concrete paving in neat, straight lines to provide uniform, even transition from new to adjacent existing work.
3.08 BACKFILLING
A. Backfill any below grade voids created by demolition work as specified for backfill in Section 31 20 00 - Earthwork.
3.09 DISPOSAL OF WASTE MATERIALS
A. Stockpile, haul from site, and legally dispose of waste materials and debris.
Accumulation is not permitted.
B. Maintain disposal routes clear, clean, and free of debris.
3.10 SALVAGED EQUIPMENT - None
3.11 CLEANOUT
A. Upon completion of site preparation work, clean areas within contract limits, remove tools, and equipment. Provide site clear, clean and free of materials and debris and suitable for site work operations.
END OF SECTION 02 41 00
518
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
DEMOLITION 02 41 00 - 4
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
519
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 1
DOCUMENT 03 30 00
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes:
(1) Concrete flush curbs
(2) Concrete footings
(3) Concrete slab
(4) Concrete stage
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Related Sections include the following:
(1) Section 11 68 13 “Playground Equipment”
(2) Section 12 93 00 “Site Furnishings” for benches
(3) Section 31 00 00 "Earthwork"
(4) Section 32 84 00 “Irrigation” for sleeving
(5) Section 32 18 16 “Playground Protective Surfacing”
1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. General: In addition to the following, comply with submittal requirements in ACI 301.
B. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
(1) Curing compound: Complete technical data
C. Design Mixtures: For each concrete mixture. Submit alternate design mixtures when characteristics of materials, project conditions, weather, test results, or other circumstances warrant adjustments.
(1) Indicate amounts of mixing water to be withheld for later addition at Project site.
D. Formwork Shop Drawings: Prepared by or under the supervision of a qualified professional engineer detailing fabrication, assembly, and support of formwork. 520
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 2
1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For installer and manufacturer
B. Material Certificates: For each of the following, signed by manufacturers:
(1) Cementitious materials.
(2) Admixtures.
(3) Form materials and form-release agents.
(4) Steel reinforcement and accessories.
(5) Curing compounds.
(6) Bonding agents.
(7) Vapor retarders.
(8) Semirigid joint filler.
(9) Joint-filler strips.
(10) Repair materials.
C. Field quality-control reports.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who employs on Project personnel qualified as ACI-certified Flatwork Technician and Finisher and a supervisor who is an ACI-certified Concrete Flatwork Technician.
B. Manufacturer Qualifications: A firm experienced in manufacturing ready-mixed concrete products and that complies with ASTM C 94/C 94M requirements for production facilities and equipment.
C. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent agency, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, qualified according to ASTM C 1077 and ASTM E 329 for testing indicated.
D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M.
E. Source Limitations: Obtain each type of cement of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from one source, and obtain admixtures through one source from a single manufacturer.
F. Comply with ACI 301, "Specification for Structural Concrete," including the following sections, unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents:
521
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 3
(1) "General Requirements."
(2) "Formwork and Formwork Accessories."
(3) "Reinforcement and Reinforcement Supports."
(4) "Concrete Mixtures."
(5) "Handling, Placing, and Constructing."
G. Comply with ACI 117, "Specifications for Tolerances for Concrete Construction and Materials."
1.06 PREINSTALLATION CONFERENCE
A. Conduct conference at Project site. Notify Landscape Architect for inspection of formwork and reinforcing steel placing a minimum of 5 working days prior to pouring concrete.
B. Review methods and procedures related to concrete cast-in-place work, including but not limited to, the following:
(1) Concrete mixture design.
(2) Quality control of concrete materials and concrete construction practices.
C. Inspect on site related to concrete cast-in-place work but on limited to, the following:
(1) Formwork and reinforcing steel placement.
1.07 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Testing Service: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform preconstruction testing on concrete mixtures.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Steel Reinforcement: Deliver, store, and handle steel reinforcement to prevent bending and damage. Avoid damaging coatings on steel reinforcement.
1.09 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Cold-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 306.1 and as follows. Protect concrete work from physical damage or reduced strength that could be caused by frost, freezing actions, or low temperatures.
(1) When average high and low temperature is expected to fall below 40 deg F for three successive days, maintain delivered concrete mixture temperature within the temperature range required by ACI 301. 522
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 4
(2) Do not use frozen materials or materials containing ice or snow. Do not place concrete on frozen subgrade or on subgrade containing frozen materials.
(3) Do not use calcium chloride, salt, or other materials containing antifreeze agents or chemical accelerators unless otherwise specified and approved in mixture designs.
B. Hot-Weather Placement: Comply with ACI 301 and as follows:
(1) Maintain concrete temperature below 90 deg F at time of placement.
Chilled mixing water or chopped ice may be used to control temperature, provided water equivalent of ice is calculated to total amount of mixing water. Using liquid nitrogen to cool concrete is Contractor's option. (2) Fog-spray forms, steel reinforcement, and subgrade just before placing concrete. Keep subgrade uniformly moist without standing water, soft spots, or dry areas.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CONCRETE, GENERAL
A. ACI Publications: Comply with the following unless modified by requirements in the Contract Documents:
(1) ACI 301
(2) ACI 117
2.02 FORM-FACING MATERIALS
A. Rough-Formed Finished Concrete: Plywood, lumber, metal, or another approved material. Provide lumber dressed on at least two edges and one side for tight fit.
B. Radius Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, 1/2 inch minimum.
C. Rustication Strips: Wood, metal, PVC, or rubber strips, kerfed for ease of form removal.
D. Form-Release Agent: Commercially formulated form-release agent that does not bond with, stain, or adversely affect concrete surfaces and does not impair subsequent treatments of concrete surfaces.
(1) Formulate form-release agent with rust inhibitor for steel form-facing materials.
E. Form Ties: Factory-fabricated, removable or snap-off glass-fiber-reinforced plastic or metal form ties designed to resist lateral pressure of fresh concrete on forms and to prevent spalling of concrete on removal.
523
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 5
(1) Furnish units that leave no corrodible metal closer than 1 inch to the plane of exposed concrete surface.
2.03 FORMWORK
A. Furnish formwork and formwork accessories according to ACI 301.
2.04 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Reinforcing Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60 (Grade 420), deformed.
B. Recycled Content of Steel Products: Postconsumer recycled content plus onehalf of preconsumer recycled content not less than 25 percent.
2.05 REINFORCEMENT ACCESSORIES
A. Joint Dowel Bars: ASTM A 615/A 615M, Grade 60, plain-steel bars, cut true to length with ends square and free of burrs.
B. Bar Supports: Bolsters, chairs, spacers, and other devices for spacing, supporting, and fastening reinforcing bars and welded-wire reinforcement in place. Manufacture bar supports from steel wire, plastic, or precast concrete according to CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice," of greater compressive strength than concrete .
2.06 CONCRETE MATERIALS
A. Regional Materials: Materials: Concrete shall be manufactured within 500 miles of Project site from aggregates and cementitious materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 500 miles of Project site.
B. Source Limitations: Obtain each type or class of cementitious material of the same brand from the same manufacturer's plant, obtain aggregate from single source, and obtain admixtures from single source from single manufacturer.
C. Cementitious Material: Use the following cementitious materials, of the same type, brand, and source throughout Project:
(1) Portland Cement: ASTM C 150/C 150M, Type I, gray.
(2) Fly Ash: ASTM C 618, Class C or F.
(3) Slag Cement: ASTM C 989/C 989M, Grade 100 or 120.
(4) Blended Hydraulic Cement: ASTM C 595/C 595M, Type IS, portland blast- furnace slag cement.
(5) Silica Fume: ASTM C 1240, amorphous silica.
D. Normal-Weight Aggregate: ASTM C 33, graded.
524
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 6
(1) Maximum Coarse-Aggregate Size: 3/4 inch nominal.
(2) Fine Aggregate: Free of materials with deleterious reactivity to alkali in cement.
E. Water: ASTM C 94/C 94M and potable
2.07 ADMIXTURES
A. Air-Entraining Admixture: ASTM C 260/C 260M.
B. Chemical Admixtures: Certified by manufacturer to be compatible with other admixtures and that do not contribute water-soluble chloride ions ions exceeding those permitted in hardened concrete. Do not use calcium chloride or admixtures containing calcium chloride.
(1) Water-Reducing Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type A. (2) Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type B.
(3) Water-Reducing and Retarding Admixture: ASTM C 494/C 494M, Type D.
C. Integral Color: Natural Gray
2.08 CURING MATERIALS
A. Evaporation Retarder: Waterborne, monomolecular film forming, manufactured for application to fresh concrete.
B. Absorptive Cover: AASHTO M 182, Class 2, burlap cloth made from jute or kenaf, weighing approximately 9 oz./sq. yd. when dry.
C. Moisture-Retaining Cover: ASTM C 171, polyethylene film or white burlappolyethylene sheet.
D. Water: Potable.
2.09 RELATED MATERIALS
A. Expansion- and Isolation-Joint-Filler Strips: ASTM D 1751, asphalt-saturated cellulosic fiber.
B. Semirigid Joint Filler: Two-component, semirigid, 100 percent solids, epoxy resin with a Type A shore durometer hardness of 80 according to ASTM D 2240.
C. Bonding Agent: ASTM C 1059/C 1059M, Type II, nonredispersible, acrylic emulsion or styrene butadiene.
D. Epoxy Bonding Adhesive: ASTM C 881, two-component epoxy resin, capable of humid curing and bonding to damp surfaces, of class suitable for application temperature and of grade to suit requirements, and as follows:
525
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 7
(1) Types I and II, non-load bearing, for bonding hardened or freshly mixed concrete to hardened concrete.
E. Dovetail Anchor Slots: Hot-dip galvanized-steel sheet, not less than 0.034 inch thick, with bent tab anchors. Temporarily fill or cover face opening of slots to prevent intrusion of concrete or debris.
2.10 CONCRETE MIXTURES
A. Comply with ACI 301 requirements for concrete mixtures.
B. Normal-Weight Concrete: Prepare design mixes, proportioned according to ACI 301, as follows:
(1) Minimum Compressive Strength: 3500 psi at 28 days.
(2) Maximum W/C Ratio: 0.50
(3) Slump Limit: 5 inches, plus or minus 1 inch.
(4) Air Content: Maintain within range permitted by ACI 301. Do not allow air content of floor slabs to receive troweled finishes to exceed 3 percent.
2.11 CONCRETE MIXING
A. Ready-Mixed Concrete: Measure, batch, mix, and deliver concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M, and furnish batch ticket information.
B. Project-Site Mixing: Project site mixing is acceptable for fence post footings.
Measure, batch, and mix concrete materials and concrete according to ASTM C 94/C 94M. Mix concrete materials in appropriate drum-type batch machine mixer. (1) For mixer capacity of 1 cu. yd. or smaller, continue mixing at least 1-1/2 minutes, but not more than 5 minutes after ingredients are in mixer, before any part of batch is released.
(2) For mixer capacity larger than 1 cu. yd., increase mixing time by 15 seconds for each additional 1 cu. yd.
(3) Provide batch ticket for each batch discharged and used in the Work, indicating Project identification name and number, date, mix type, mix time, quantity, and amount of water added. Record approximate location of final deposit in structure.
PART 3 EXECUTION
526
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 8
3.01 FORMWORK
A. Design, construct, erect, brace, and maintain formwork according to ACI 301 to support vertical, lateral, static, and dynamic loads, and construction loads that might be applied, until structure can support such loads.
B. Limit concrete surface irregularities, designated by ACI 347 as abrupt or gradual, as follows:
(1) Class A, 1/8 inch for smooth-formed finished surfaces.
C. Construct forms tight enough to prevent loss of concrete mortar.
D. Fabricate forms for easy removal without hammering or prying against concrete surfaces. Provide crush or wrecking plates where stripping may damage cast concrete surfaces. Provide top forms for inclined surfaces steeper than 1.5 horizontal to 1 vertical.
(1) Install keyways, reglets, recesses, and the like, for easy removal. (2) Do not use rust-stained steel form-facing material.
E. Set edge forms, bulkheads, and intermediate screed strips for slabs to achieve required elevations and slopes in finished concrete surfaces. Provide and secure units to support screed strips; use strike-off templates or compacting-type screeds.
F. Provide temporary openings for cleanouts and inspection ports where interior area of formwork is inaccessible. Close openings with panels tightly fitted to forms and securely braced to prevent loss of concrete mortar. Locate temporary openings in forms at inconspicuous locations.
G. Form openings, chases, offsets, sinkages, keyways, reglets, blocking, screeds, and bulkheads required in the Work. Determine sizes and locations from trades providing such items.
H. Clean forms and adjacent surfaces to receive concrete. Remove chips, wood, sawdust, dirt, and other debris just before placing concrete.
I. Retighten forms and bracing before placing concrete, as required, to prevent mortar leaks and maintain proper alignment.
J. Coat contact surfaces of forms with form-release agent, according to manufacturer's written instructions, before placing reinforcement.
3.02 REMOVING AND REUSING FORMS
A. General: Formwork for sides of beams, walls, columns, and similar parts of the Work that does not support weight of concrete may be removed after cumulatively curing at not less than 50 deg F for 24 hours after placing concrete. 527
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 9
Concrete has to be hard enough to not be damaged by form-removal operations and curing and protection operations need to be maintained. (1) Leave formwork for slabs and other structural elements that support weight of concrete in place until concrete has achieved at least 70 percent of its 28-day design compressive strength.
(2) Remove forms only if shores have been arranged to permit removal of forms without loosening or disturbing shores.
B. Clean and repair surfaces of forms to be reused in the Work. Split, frayed, delaminated, or otherwise damaged form-facing material are not acceptable for exposed surfaces. Apply new form-release agent.
C. When forms are reused, clean surfaces, remove fins and laitance, and tighten to close joints. Align and secure joints to avoid offsets. Do not use patched forms for exposed concrete surfaces unless approved by Landscape Architect.
3.03 EMBEDDED ITEMS
A. Place and secure anchorage devices and weep holes and other embedded items required for adjoining work that is attached to or supported by cast-in-place concrete. Use setting drawings, templates, diagrams, instructions, and directions furnished with items to be embedded.
3.04 STEEL REINFORCEMENT
A. Comply with CRSI's "Manual of Standard Practice" for fabricating, placing, and supporting reinforcement. Clean reinforcement of loose rust and mill scale, earth, ice, or other bond-reducing materials.
B. Arrange, space, and securely tie bars and bar supports to hold reinforcement in position during concrete placement. Maintain minimum cover to reinforcement.
C. Accurately position, support, and secure reinforcement against displacement.
Locate and support reinforcement with bar supports to maintain minimum concrete cover. Do not tack weld crossing reinforcing bars. (1) Weld reinforcing bars according to AWS D1.4/D 1.4M, where indicated.
D. Set wire ties with ends directed into concrete, not toward exposed concrete surfaces.
E. Install welded-wire reinforcement in longest practicable lengths on bar supports spaced to minimize sagging. Lap edges and ends of adjoining sheets at least one mesh spacing. Offset laps of adjoining sheet widths to prevent continuous laps in either direction. Lace overlaps with wire.
528
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 10
3.05 CONCRETE PLACEMENT
A. Comply with ACI 301 for measuring, batching, mixing, transporting, and placing concrete.
B. Before test sampling and placing concrete, water may be added at Project site, subject to limitations of ACI 301.
3.06 JOINTS
A. General: Construct joints true to line with faces perpendicular to surface plane of concrete.
B. Construction Joints: Install so strength and appearance of concrete are not impaired, at locations indicated or as approved by Engineer.
C. Place joints perpendicular to main reinforcement. Continue reinforcement across construction joints unless otherwise indicated. Do not continue reinforcement through sides of strip placements of slabs.
(1) Locate horizontal joints in walls and at the top of footings or slabs. (2) Use a bonding agent at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces
(3) Use epoxy bonding adhesive at locations where fresh concrete is placed against hardened or partially hardened concrete surfaces D. Contraction Joints: Form weakened-plane contraction joints, sectioning concrete into areas as indicated. Construct contraction joints for a depth equal to at least one-fourth of concrete thickness as follows:
(1) Grooved Joints: Form contraction joints after initial floating by grooving and finishing each edge of joint to a radius of 1/8 inch. Repeat grooving of contraction joints after applying surface finishes. Eliminate groover tool marks on concrete surfaces.
E. Doweled Joints: Install dowel bars and support assemblies at joints where indicated. Lubricate or asphalt coat one-half of dowel length to prevent concrete bonding to one side of joint.
3.07 JOINT FILLING
A. Prepare, clean, and install joint filler according to manufacturer's written instructions.
B. ACI 302.1R recommends joint filling be deferred as long as possible in concrete slabs. Use of polyurea joint fillers may allow joint filling to proceed earlier; verify minimum time period with manufacturer. Typically, up to 30 percent of concrete shrinkage takes place in first month, with 80 to 90 percent during first 12 months. 529
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 11
(1) Defer joint filling until concrete has aged at least one month. Do not fill joints until construction traffic has permanently ceased.
C. Remove dirt, debris, saw cuttings, curing compounds, and sealers from joints; leave contact faces of joints clean and dry.
D. Install semirigid joint filler full depth in saw-cut joints and at least 2 inches deep in formed joints. Overfill joint and trim joint filler flush with top of joint after hardening.
3.08 FINISHING FORMED SURFACE
A. Broom Finish: immediately after float finishing, slightly roughen trafficked surface by brooming with fiber-bristle broom perpendicular to main traffic route. Apply broom finish as indicated on drawings
3.09 CONCRETE PROTECTING AND CURING
A. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures.
B. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection.
C. Evaporation Retarder: Apply evaporation retarder to concrete surfaces if hot, dry, or windy conditions cause moisture loss approaching 0.2 lb/sq. ft. x h before and during finishing operations. Apply according to manufacturer's written instructions after placing, screeding, and bull floating or darbying concrete but before float finishing.
D. Begin curing after finishing concrete but not before free water has disappeared from concrete surface.
E. Curing Methods: Cure concrete according to ACI 308.1 by moisture curing as follows:
(1) Moisture Curing: Keep surfaces continuously moist for not less than seven days with the following materials:
(a) Water.
(b) Continuous water-fog spray.
(c) Absorptive cover, water saturated and kept continuously wet.
Cover concrete surfaces and edges with 12-inch lap over adjacent absorptive covers.
(2) Curing Compound: Apply uniformly in continuous operation by power spray or roller according to manufacturer's written instructions. Recoat areas that have been subjected to heavy rainfall within three hours after initial application. Maintain continuity of coating, and repair damage during curing period.
530
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 12
F. General: Protect freshly placed concrete from premature drying and excessive cold or hot temperatures. Comply with ACI 306.1 for cold-weather protection and with ACI 301 for hot-weather protection during curing.
3.10 CONCRETE SURFACE REPAIRS
A. Defective Concrete: Repair and patch defective areas when approved by Landscape Architect. Remove and replace concrete that cannot be repaired and patched to Landscape Architect's approval.
B. Patching Mortar: Mix dry-pack patching mortar, consisting of 1 part portland cement to 2-1/2 parts fine aggregate passing a No. 16 sieve, using only enough water for handling and placing.
C. Repairing Formed Surfaces: Surface defects include color and texture irregularities, cracks, spalls, air bubbles, honeycombs, rock pockets, fins and other projections on the surface, and stains and other discolorations that cannot be removed by cleaning.
(1) Immediately after form removal, cut out honeycombs, rock pockets, and voids more than 1/2 inch in any dimension to solid concrete. Limit cut depth to 3/4 inch. Make edges of cuts perpendicular to concrete surface. (2) Clean, dampen with water, and brush-coat holes and voids with bonding agent. Fill and compact with patching mortar before bonding agent has dried. Fill form-tie voids with patching mortar or cone plugs secured in place with bonding agent.
(3) Repair defects on surfaces exposed to view by blending white portland cement and standard portland cement so that, when dry, patching mortar matches surrounding color. Patch a test area at inconspicuous locations to verify mixture and color match before proceeding with patching.
Compact mortar in place and strike off slightly higher than surrounding surface.
(4) Repair defects on concealed formed surfaces that affect concrete's durability and structural performance as determined by Landscape Architect.
D. Repair materials and installation not specified above may be used, subject to Landscape Architect's approval.
3.11 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Special Inspections: Engage a special inspector and qualified testing agency to perform field tests and inspections and prepare test reports as required for play equipment footings.
B. Concrete Tests: Testing of composite samples of fresh concrete obtained according to ASTM C 172/C 172M shall be performed according to the following requirements:
531
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE 03 30 00 - 13
(1) Slump: ASTM C 143/C 143M; one test at point of placement for each composite sample, but not less than one test for each day's pour of each concrete mixture. Perform additional tests when concrete consistency appears to change.
C. Measure surface flatness and levelness according to ASTM E 1155 within 48 hours of finishing.
END OF SECTION 03 30 00
532
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE BOULDERS 04 41 00 - 1
SECTION 04 41 00
SITE BOULDERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following: Supply skilled experienced labor, materials, and equipment required to install:
1. Site Boulder placements
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Section 31 20 00 “Earthwork”
2. Section 03 30 00 “CIP Concrete” for integration with flush curbs
1.3 DEFINITIONS
A. Site Boulders, Boulders, and Stone, are all imported stone from O.R. approved quarry, stone purveyor, or local stone yard. Site Boulders, Boulders, and Stone are synonymous terms.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide samples of all proposed stone types, sizes, color, quantities, gradation, and sources to O.R. prior to ordering. Boulder samples shall be submitted as photographs clearly depicting the size, form, surface texture, and tone.
B. Provide O.R. the source and personnel contact for site boulders 30 days prior to initial boulder selection quarry visit. Submit a complete quarry site boulder selection, procurement, delivery, and installation schedule to O.R. for review and approval prior to initial boulder selection quarry visit. See section 3.3 below.
C. Mock‐ups: Provide on‐site mock‐ups for the Site Boulder Placements, for review and approval prior to initiating site boulder installation process. Successfully approved mock‐up elements may be incorporated into the final site products if the installation meets the Plans and Specifications and if prior approval for incorporation of the mock‐up is received from O.R.:
533
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE BOULDERS 04 41 00 - 2
1.5 INSPECTION
A. The Contractor shall obtain site boulder approval from O.R. of the following prior to proceeding with installation:
1. Approval of site boulder submittal and mock-ups
2. Preparation of the sub‐grade to accept site boulders
3. Coordination of installation and scheduling between all site improvements and site boulders. Including but not limited to pavements, boardwalks, logs, site furnishings, play equipment, planting.
1.6 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with California Department of Transportation (Caltrans) Standard Specifications, latest edition.
B. Pre‐construction Meeting: Conduct meeting at Project Site to comply with specified requirements.
C. Ensure stone placement personnel and equipment meets the requirements of the Specifications for type and experience level. Personnel shall be expert site boulder setters, with a minimum of 5 years of detail site boulder setting work. Contractor shall provide necessary equipment, per Specifications, to stage and supply the materials, and complete the specified work
1.7 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver products to the project site in undamaged condition.
B. Store and handle site boulders and related materials to prevent deterioration or damage due to vandalism, moisture, temperature changes, contaminants, corrosion, breaking, chipping and other causes.
C. Store site boulders in an O.R. approved site area where no damage to existing soils or vegetation to remain will occur.
1.8 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather:
1. Cold—Do not initiate work if temperatures drop or are projected to drop below freezing 32 degrees F.
2. Wet Soils—Do not proceed with site boulder setting if the site subgrade has been subjected to significant rain (1/2-inch/day) or exhibits poorly drained soil conditions.
534
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE BOULDERS 04 41 00 - 3
PART 2 - MATERIALS
2.1 SITE BOULDERS
A. Procuring stone from more than one source quarry or stone supply yard is not acceptable.
B. Site Boulders shall be sourced within 100 miles of the project.
C. Site Boulders shall tend to smooth angular and rounded forms and shall be selected by O.R. for suitability at the quarry. Sharp, angular, scarred, spalled, chipped, or broken boulders shall not be accepted for use.
D. Site Boulders shall be integrated into some of the site improvements flatwork as noted on the Plans and per O.R. direction.
E. Site Boulders selection site visits shall be coordinated by the quarry or stone supply yard representative, Contractor, and O.R.
F. Site Boulder sizes and quantities shall be set by the Plan requirements. O.R. reserves right to adjust locations of site boulders and site boulder sizes and size range. Boulder size range shall be determined by O.R. at source quarry, and are subject to change at the quarry. Overall site boulder tonnage shall not change without compensation to Contractor.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
A. Refer to Earthwork Specification
B. Areas where Site Boulders are to be placed shall be graded to elevations shown on the Plans. The soil surface shall be smooth and free from any obstructions to provide adequate contact area between the soil and site boulder or boulder base.
3.2 SITE BOULDER PLACEMENTS IN FIELD
A. Locations for boulders shown on Plan are approximate. Contractor shall notify O.R. at least 72-hours in advance of scheduled delivery and/or placement and ensure O.R. has appropriate lead time to schedule on-site layout with Contractor.
B. Site Boulder placement shall proceed only under direct observation by O.R.
Observation by O.R. shall be scheduled and facilitated for the setting of all Site Boulder placements noted on the Plans and in these Specifications. No boulders shall be placed by Contractor without direct observation by O.R.
C. Pre‐stage all Site Boulders throughout site in preparation for O.R. observation on-site. 535
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE BOULDERS 04 41 00 - 4
D. Contractor shall assume a minimum of 1 working day of direct observation by O.R.
Contractor shall staff site boulder setting days with at least two complete crews of (2) laborers and (1) specified excavator. Additional days will be required if insufficient worker or machinery are staged for the placement work.
E. Prepare site to accept Site Boulders as described on the Plans and as directed by O.R. in field. Verify placement locations and site boulder specimen and size with O.R., prior to installation. Site Boulders shall be placed during rough site grading, before fine grading is initiated.
F. Contractor shall provide two experienced and skilled site boulder setting operator and crews.
G. Contractor shall provide large-scale excavator machinery capable of lifting and moving into place all specified boulders. Large-scale, track-driven excavators shall be utilized with articulating (300°) thumb attached buckets capable of lifting all specified boulders (up to 8-tons), and placing them under direction of O.R. Slings, Forklifts, backhoes, loaders, and dozers are not acceptable machines for placing site boulders.
H. Site Boulders shall be expertly set to ensure a high quality “garden level” of workmanship. O.R. reserves the right to relocate, and adjust all boulders on site within reason. Ensure tight, permanent fit between adjacent boulders and any existing bedrock.
I. Site Boulder placement work shall not disturb existing site unless approved by O.R.
Protect the existing site and vegetation as noted in the specifications.
3.3 CLEAN‐UP
A. Prepare wash‐out area away from project site as directed on‐site with O.R. No wash‐out or material dumping of any kind shall be allowed in an area designated for revegetation.
B. Keep site in a clean, orderly state throughout the work. Maintain site per O.R.’s requirements and as noted in the project Specifications.
END OF SECTION 04 41 00
536
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 1
SECTION 055000
METAL FABRICATIONS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Architectural Steel (comply with National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers, NAAMM standards)
2. Guardrails
B. Products furnished, but not installed, under this Section:
1. Anchor bolts indicated to be cast into concrete or built into unit masonry.
2. Steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete for applications where they are not specified in other Sections.
C. Related Sections:
1. Section 03 30 00 "CIP Concrete"
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design Concept: Metal Fabrication requirements shown by the drawings are intended to establish basic dimensions, alignment of members, profiles of members and relationship of items to other structural components.
1. Engineering Requirements: Engineer the designated items, including supporting members, connections and anchorage to wall structure, including any necessary additions and modifications to any specified propriety system manufacture’s standard details as may be required, to comply with specified performance requirements while maintaining the basic design concept.
B. Performance Requirements: Comply with Reference Standards, requirements of Governing Authorities and requirements specified herein.
1. Structural:
537
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 2
a. Wind Load: As required by Governing Authorities for applicable heights. b. Horizontal Force: 20 psf minimum, but not less than requirements of Governing Authorities.
2. Screens, fences and Similar Open Assemblies: Assume 20 psf over full height and width of screen (no open area).
a. Maximum Deflection of Members:
1) Simple Span: 1/360 of span.
2) Cantilever Members: 2L/360 maximum, where L is the length of the cantilever.
b. Seismic: As required by Governing Authorities for Seismic Zone 4.
3. Thermal: Provide for noiseless expansion and contraction of system components without causing buckling, failure or joints, etc. or excessive on components and fastenings.
a. Ambient Temperature Range: 100 Fahrenheit degrees.
4. Railing Assemblies, Handrails, and Guardrails:
a. Handrails shall resist a point load of at least 200 pounds, applied in any direction at any point.
b. Railings shall resist a uniform vertical and horizontal load of 50 pounds per lineal foot, applied at the top rail.
c. Comply with “Metal Rail Manual” of National Ornamental and Miscellaneous Metals Association (NOMMA).
d. Comply with “Pipe Railing Manual” of National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM).
e. Comply with the Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA) C. QUALITY CONTROL:
1. Statement of qualifications for fabricator, installer, and welders.
2. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for metal fabrications.
1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections(including sleeves), show anchorage and accessory items for the following:
a. Guardrail
B. Embedded Steel Items Shop Drawings: Drawings that detail placement and connection of the various embedded steel items such as posts into concrete retaining 538
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 3
walls. Include item sizes, material, grade, spacing, dimensions and supports for the embedded items.
C. Samples
1. Provide full size mock up of the guardrail design for review and approval in field.
D. Finishes
1. Provide submittal of powder coated guard rails.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."
B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:
1. AISC “Specification for Design, Fabrication and erection of Structural Steel for Buildings”, and “Code of Practice.”
2. American Welding Society (AWS) D1.1/D1.1 M “Structural Welding Code for Structural Steel”.
3. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) “Metal Finishes Manual.”
4. National Association of Architectural Metal Manufacturers (NAAMM) “Pipe Railing Manual.”
1.6 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.
1.7 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.
B. Coordinate installation of anchorages and steel weld plates and angles for casting into concrete. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.
539
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 4
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 METALS, GENERAL
A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.
Materials used in metal fabrications items include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Structural Steel Shapes, Bars, Plates: ASTM A36.
2. Steel Tubing: ASTM A500, Grade B. Use seamless tubing at exposed locations.
3. Sheet Steel: ASTM A611.
4. Steel Pipe: ASTM A53, Grade “B”.
5. Bolts and Nuts: ASTM A307, Bolts and nuts used for supporting the steel plate wall shall be ASTM A325.
6. Welding Materials: Class E70 electrodes unless otherwise recommended by Reference Standards.
7. Non-Shrink Grout: Expansion producing non-metallic grout, pre-mixed, MasterBuilders “Masterflow 713”, or equal.
8. Anchor Cement: Bonsal “Anchor Cement” or equal.
9. Sealants: As specified in Section 09720, “Joint Sealants.”
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded.
B. Hardware: Furnish bolts, screws, and connectors of standard manufacturer required to complete work with all metal guardrail.
1. All hardware shall be hot-dipped galvanized, unless otherwise noted.
2. Refer to plans and details for additional information.
2.3 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES
A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.
1. Do not quench or apply post galvanizing treatments that might interfere with paint adhesion.
B. Shop prime iron and steel items not indicated to be galvanized unless they are to be embedded in concrete, sprayed-on fireproofing, or masonry, or unless otherwise indicated.
1. Shop prime with universal shop primer.
540
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 5
C. Preparation for Shop Priming: Prepare surfaces to comply with SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning" requirements indicated below:
1. Exterior Items: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
2. Items Indicated to Receive Zinc-Rich Primer: SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
3. Items Indicated to Receive Primers Specified in Division 09 Section "HighPerformance Coatings": SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, "Commercial Blast Cleaning."
4. Other Items: SSPC-SP 3, "Power Tool Cleaning."
D. Shop Priming: Apply shop primer to comply with SSPC-PA 1, "Paint Application Specification No. 1: Shop, Field, and Maintenance Painting of Steel," for shop painting.
1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.
2.4 FABRICATION, GENERAL
A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible.
Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.
B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch (1 mm) unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.
C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.
D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.
E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:
1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.
2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.
3. Remove welding flux immediately.
4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.
F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.
G. Fabricate seams and other connections that will be exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate. 541
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 6
H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.
I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.
2.5 PROTECTIVE COATINGS
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.
C. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface.
D. Prepare steel per SSPC SP-6 or SP-7 for AESS prior to galvanizing and prior to shop priming.
E. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products. Hot-dip galvanize all items fabricated from ferrous metals that will be in permanent contact with concrete below grade, immersed in water, or in a location that will be permanently exposed to weather or moist conditions, and not specified as painted. For shop-fabricated assemblies, i.e. railing assemblies, hot-dip galvanize after fabrication is complete as much as feasible per assembly size/ dipping tank size limitations.
1. Shapes, Plates, Bars, Strips: Comply with ASTM A123.
2. Hardware Items: Comply with ASTM A153.
3. Sheets: Comply with ASTM A525.
4. Sequence: Insofar as practicable, galvanize after fabrication. Conform to requirements of ASTM A384, A385, A386.
5. Pressure Relief: Provide holes in closed ends of tube or pipe for relief of pressure during galvanizing process.
6. Touch-up: Where galvanizing is removed by welding or other assembly procedure, touch up abraded areas with molten zinc or zinc-rich paint.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PRE-CONDITIONS
A. Examination: Examine surfaces to receive metal fabrications and conditions under which they are to be installed. Correct unsatisfactory surfaces and conditions prior to commencement of installation.
542
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
METAL FABRICATIONS 05 50 00 - 7
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.
B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. All welds shall be shop welded prior to being brought to the site for assembly. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.
C. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors.
D. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.
3.3 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780.
END OF SECTION 05 50 00
543
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SIGNAGE 10 14 00 - 1
SECTION 10 14 00
SIGNAGE
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes all services, labor, materials, transportation, and equipment necessary to perform the Work indicated on the Contract Drawings and specified herein this Section, as required to furnish and install signage.
1.3 RELATED WORK
A. Related Sections can include, but may not be limited to:
1. Section 03 30 00 "Cast-in-Place Concrete" for footings.
1.4 DEFINITIONS
A. Graphic Panels: sign component containing graphic content.
B. Sign hardware: structure holding graphic panels.
C. Custom High Pressure Laminate (CHPL): graphic sign material composed of several layers of phenolic resin impregnated kraft filler paper, a digitally imaged graphic, a layer of melamine resin, surfaced by a layer of translucent exterior UV / graffiti overlay protection.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator Qualifications: Shop that employs skilled workers who custom-fabricate products similar to those required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance. The CHPL graphics must be warrantied for a minimum of 10 years against fading, de-lamination and weather deterioration. There should be no warranty requirements for an annual application of water sealant, no exclusions for panels used in “extreme temperatures” and no clause that warranties can can be denied due to “improper maintenance”. Panels must be able to be cleaned with any solvent and not restrict use of products containing lacquer thinner or acetone.
All cutting and finishing to be done using a CNC router. Graphics must be made using 544
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SIGNAGE 10 14 00 - 2
12-Color High Definition printing technology. Vendor shall provide a sample from a supplied file to confirm quality. Panels must be entirely made in the U.S.A.
B. Source Limitations for Signs: Obtain each sign type indicated from one source from a single manufacturer.
1.6 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: submit manufacturer's product data of sign panel materials and fabrication.
B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details for signs.
C. Show sign mounting heights, locations of supplementary supports to be provided by others, and accessories.
D. Samples for Verification: For each of the following products and for the full range of color, texture, and sign material indicated, of sizes indicated:
1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit installation of signs in exterior locations to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements.
B. Field Measurements: Verify all signage placement by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.
1.8 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate with other trades to ensure installation does not conflict with other work.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 SIGNS
A. INTERPRETIVE SIGN
1. Cantilever In-Ground Supports - Part #CDG224
2. Mounting Plate: Standard Mounting Plate
3. Tamper Resistant Bolt: button-head anti-vandal screws; ½" long x ¼"; 20 thread count; stainless steel.
4. In Ground Mount +
5. Finish/Color: Powder Coated Aluminum/color as noted on plans
6. Rep. Rhiannon Andrews
a. Fossil Industries - or approved equal
44 Jefryn Blvd
Deer Park NY 11729
Phone: 631-998-6148
545
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SIGNAGE 10 14 00 - 3
B. PUMP TRACK ACCESSIBILITY AND ETIQUETTE SIGN
1. Double Post In-Ground Pedestal Even Mount 8 brackets - Part #UDGE8
2. Mounting Plate: Standard Mounting Plate
3. Tamper Resistant Bolt: button-head anti-vandal screws; ½" long x ¼"; 20 thread count; stainless steel.
4. In Ground Mount +
5. Finish/Color: Powder Coated Aluminum/color as noted on plans
6. Rep. Rhiannon Andrews
a. Fossil Industries - or approved equal
44 Jefryn Blvd
Deer Park NY 11729
Phone: 631-998-6148
2.2 FABRICATION
A. Graphic Panels:
1. Graphics panels must be LEED, GREENGUARD and FSC Certified and be manufactured as Custom High Pressure Laminate (CHPL).
2. The entire panel, including exterior overlay, must be bonded under heat and extreme pressure to form a composite panel.
B. Hardware:
1. Posts shall be powder coated aluminum. All welding and powder coating shall take place in the shop by the sign manufacture.
2. Welded Connections: Comply with AWS standards for recommended practices in shop welding. Provide welds behind finished surfaces without distortion or discoloration of exposed side. Clean exposed welded surfaces of welding flux and dress exposed and contact surfaces.
3. Mill joints to tight, hairline fit. Form joints exposed to weather to exclude water penetration.
4. Conceal fasteners if possible; otherwise, locate fasteners where they will be inconspicuous.
5. Attachments shall be steel, vandal-resistant.
2.3 FINISHES GENERAL
A. The finish of the graphic panels must be smoothly textured with reflectivity of 30 + or – 5 gloss units.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.
B. Verify that items are sized and located to accommodate signs. 546
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SIGNAGE 10 14 00 - 4
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Locate signs and accessories per field direction from City Representative, using mounting methods of types described and complying with manufacturer's written instructions.
1. Install signs level, plumb, straight, accurately fitted, located and at heights indicated, with sign surfaces free of distortion and other defects in appearance.
2. Contractor shall do all necessary drilling, tapping, cutting or other preparation of surrounding construction in the field accurately neatly and as necessary for the attachment and support of signage. Obtain approval of Engineer prior to such preparations to work of others where cutting or other preparations may affect structural integrity or exposed finish.
3. All footings, anchorage, and mounting hardware, as applicable, shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's instructions and contract drawings. The Contractor shall use vandal resistant hardware or industry standard epoxy resin application to nut.
B. Concrete footings: Per City of Richmond Standard Specifications, concrete mixture for all signage footings shall meet the following requirements, unless otherwise approved by the Owner's Representative:
1. Minimum compressive strength at 28 days: 30 MPa
2. Maximum nominal aggregate size: 28mm
3. Maximum W/C ratio by mass 0.45
4. Air content 4 to 6%
5. Slump 30mm to 70mm
3.3 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Protect all signage and graphics work from damage during transportation, storage at job site, during erection, and during subsequent construction activities. Exposed metal surfaces shall be wrapped with heavy reinforced, non-staining paper or non-staining strippable coatings or protected by other approved methods. After installation, provide additional temporary protection as required to protect work of this Section from damage during subsequent construction activities.
B. After installation, clean soiled sign surfaces, leaving surfaces free of smears, scratches and abrasions to the satisfaction of the Engineer and according to manufacturer's written instructions. Protect signs from damage until acceptance by Engineer. Any damages to finishes shall be repaired at no additional cost to the City. In the event damage is not repairable, remove and replace such items at no additional cost to the City.
C. If Touch-up Painting is required, the Contractor shall clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of the work immediately after erection and paint exposed areas with paint or galvanizing material as supplied by the manufacturer.
Apply by brush, to thickness recommended by paint manufacturer. 547
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SIGNAGE 10 14 00 - 5
END OF SECTION 10 14 00
548
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT 11 68 13 - 1
DOCUMENT 11 68 13
PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. All playground equipment indicated on the drawings and/or herein specified, including all footings, anchorages, accessories and play surfaces required to provide complete, safe, and usable play equipment to the satisfaction of the Landscape Architect.
B. Shop prime coat, painting and galvanized finishes for all metal and wood not having finishes.
1.03 RELATED WORK
A. Related Sections can include, but may not be limited to:
(1) Section 03 30 13 "Cast-In-Place Concrete"
(2) Section 31 00 00 “Earthwork”
(3) Section 32 18 16 "Playground Protective Surfacing"
1.04 REFERENCES AND STANDARDS
A. Standard Consumer Safety Performance Specifications for Playground Equipment for Public Use, American Society for Testing and Materials, ASTM F 1487-98 & California Assembly Bill 1144.
B. Standard Specification for Determination of Accessibility of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment, ASTM F 1959-99.
C. Standard Specification for Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems Under and Around Playground Equipment, ASTM F 1292-99.
D. Handbook for Public Playground Safety, U.S. Consumer Products Safety Commission (USCPSC).
549
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT 11 68 13 - 2
E. Manufacturer’s printed specification, instructions and shop details for Installation of the indicated and/for specified play equipment.
F. All equipment must conform to the Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Playground equipment work shall comply with these specifications and all applicable sections of the above-named References and Standards.
1.06 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit manufacturer’s product data, specifications, and installation instructions and shop details for factory fabricated items.
B. Submit shop drawings. Include plans, elevations, and details of sections and connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.
(1) Plans shall include safety zone and play structures shown within the required play areas as shown on the drawings.
C. Submit samples of selected colors and finishes.
D. Submit samples and manufacturer’s product specifications for all play surfaces.
E. Submit playground safety inspection report as submitted by the certified playground safety inspector.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver, store and handle play equipment items to prevent damage and deterioration.
B. Stack assembled items off the ground.
1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Coordinate play equipment work with trades furnishing adjacent work related to play equipment installation.
B. Provide sleeves, anchors, inserts, clips and other items furnished under this Section and built in with work of other trades.
C. No work shall be installed until shop drawings for the work have been reviewed and approved in writing by the Landscape Architect and final grading and surfacing is completed.
D. Manufacturer shall provide footing depths.
550
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT 11 68 13 - 3
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Play Structures
(1) Refer to the drawings for Manufacturers and play equipment and play surfacing model numbers.
(2) The use of a manufacturer’s name and model number is for purposes of establishing type and quality, other manufacturer’s equipment may be submitted for approval by the Landscape Architect. Said substitution must be equal in design, materials, strength, safety and function to equipment specified.
B. CONCRETE FOOTINGS
(1) Per manufacturers recommendation.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Examine the substrate under which playground equipment and surfaces are to be installed. Notify the Landscape Architect, in writing, of conditions detrimental to the proper and timely completion of the work. Do not proceed with the work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Provide footings, sleeves, and anchorages. Furnish templates, setting drawings, and instructions for installation of sleeves and anchorages built into other work.
B. Locate and layout all play field markings and equipment items. Obtain the Landscape Architect’s written approval of the layout prior to installation.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Assemble and install play equipment in accordance with approved and shop drawings and manufacturer’s printed instructions.
B. Perform fitting required for installation. Set the work accurately in location, alignment, and elevation free of rack, measured from established lines and levels.
Assembled play equipment shall be firm, rigid, free of rattle, and provide maximum protection against tampering and vandalism.
C. Compact and finish grade the subgrade prior to installing sand and bark play surfaces.
D. Set equipment at proper relationship to finish play surfacing in accordance with approved shop drawings, provide any hardware necessary to solidly attach equipment to footings, while allowing for the thickness of play surfacing. 551
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND EQUIPMENT 11 68 13 - 4
3.04 CERTIFICATION
A. Per California Assembly Bill 1144, a playground safety inspector, certified by the National Playground Safety Institute, is to be attained to conduct an inspection of the installed playground. The resulting inspection report is to be submitted to the Owner at the completion of the project.
3.05 CLEANING
A. Perform cleaning during installation of the work and upon completion of the work.
Remove from site all excess materials, debris and equipment. Repair any damage to adjacent work resulting from playground equipment work.
B. Upon completion of installation, clean factory-finished items in accordance with manufacturer’s cleaning instructions. Exercise care to avoid damage to the finish coating.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for the following bid items shall be set as set forth on the BID SCHEDULE and are as follows:
1. XXXXXX
The price bid for the XXXXXX items shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved with construction of the items listed above, as shown and noted on the plans, as specified herein, and as directed by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION 11 68 13
552
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00-1
SECTION 12 93 00
SITE FURNISHINGS
PART 1 - GENERAL
A. Section Includes: All labor, materials, supplies, tools and transportation to perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the site furnishings as shown on the Drawings, and specified herein.
B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.
B. Submit shop drawings to the City for approval before installing any manufactured items. Plans shall include dimensions, color, finish, structural design (custom items), connection details, and installation instructions.
C. Submit catalog cuts, samples and manufacturers literature of all manufactured items in this section to the City for approval before installation.
1. Provide color samples, brushouts, or charts for all items. Final colors to be selected by City and a sample submitted for approval.
D. Product Schedule: For site furnishings. Use same designations indicated on Drawings.
E. Material Certificates: For site furnishings, signed by manufacturers.
F. Maintenance Data: For site furnishings to include in maintenance manuals.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURED ITEMS
A. Trash Receptacle: See Plans
B. Log Seating: See Plans
C. Picnic Table: See Plans
D. Bike Rack: See Plans
E. Bike Repair Station: See Plans
F. Terraced Seating: See Plans
G. Removeable Bollard: See Plans
H. Drinking Fountain: See Plans
I. Isle Seating: See Plans
2.2 CONCRETE FOOTINGS
A. Per manufacturers recommendation.
2.3 FINISHES, GENERAL
A. Comply with NAAMM's "Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products" for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.
B. Appearance of Finished Work: Variations in appearance of abutting or adjacent pieces are acceptable if they are within one-half of the range of approved Samples. 553
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE FURNISHINGS 12 93 00-2
Noticeable variations in the same piece are not acceptable. Variations in appearance of other components are acceptable if they are within the range of approved Samples and are assembled or installed to minimize contrast.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for correct and level finished grade, mounting surfaces, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install products per manufacturer's recommendations, provide embedded installation where specified in plans and details, materials shall be square, plumb, level, accurately aligned, and securely anchored at locations as indicated on Drawings. Use extensions where required.
B. Coordinate anchor screws in concrete with site furnishing manufacturers.
C. Unless otherwise indicated, install site furnishings after landscaping and paving have been completed.
3.3 CLEANING
A. After completing site furnishing installation, inspect components. Remove spots, dirt, and debris.
3.4 GUARANTEE
A. At completion of project, Contractor shall provide City with written guarantee from each manufacturer identifying the nature of warranty for each product component.
PART 4 - MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT
Measurement and payment for the following bid items shall be set as set forth on the BID SCHEDULE and are as follows:
1. XXXXXX
The price bid for the XXXXXX items shall include full compensation for furnishing all labor, materials, tools, equipment and incidentals, and for doing all the work involved with construction of the items listed above, as shown and noted on the plans, as specified herein, and as directed by the Engineer.
END OF SECTION 12 93 00
554
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES 13 30 00 - 1
SECTION 13 30 00
PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES
PART 1 – GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. The drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Contractor shall obtain complete architectural and structural plans from the manufacturers, apply for permit, coordinate City plan check, make corrections and resubmit if needed, and pay all permit fees for all pre-engineered structures.
Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor and supervision necessary to completely install and finish the structures in accordance with current and applicable building codes including but not limited to State of California building code, UBC, and installation instructions from manufacturers, and plans and specifications.
B. This Section includes the following:
1. Restroom Building
2. Stage Shade Structure
C. Related Work:
1. Section 03 30 00 “CIP Concrete”
2. Section 26 05 00 “Electrical Basic Materials and Methods”
3. Section 26 50 00 “Lighting”
4. Section 31 23 00 “Earthwork”
5. Section 32 84 00 “Irrigation System” for irrigation controller located in restroom
6. Section 33 10 00 “Water Utilities”
7. Section 33 30 00 “Sanitary Sewage System”
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Materials, equipment, and methods of installation shall comply with the following codes and standards:
1. 2013 California Building Code, including disabled access requirements.
2. Unified Plumbing Code and National Electrical Code.
3. American Society for Testing and Materials, (ASTM).
4. National Sanitation Foundation, (NSF).
5. Uniform Building Code, (UBC).
6. ASTM C33 Concrete Aggregates
7. ASTM C39 Method of Test for Compressive Strength of Cylindrical Concrete Specimens
555
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES 13 30 00 - 2
8. ASTM C94 Standard Specification for Ready-Mixed Concrete
9. ASTM C143 Method of Test for Slump of Concrete
10. ASTM C150 Standard Specification for Portland Cement
11. ASTM A185 Standard Specification for Steel Welded Wire Reinforcement, Plain, or Concrete
12. ASTM C192 Method of Making and Curing Test Specimens in the Laboratory
13. ASTM C231 Standard Test Method for Air Content of Freshly Mixed Concrete by the Pressure Method
14. ASTM C309 Standard Specifications for Liquid Membrane-Forming Compounds for Curing
15. Concrete ASTM C494 Standard Specification for Chemical Admixtures for Concrete
16. ASTM A615 Standard Specification for Deformed and Plain Carbon-Steel Bars for Concrete Reinforcement
17. ASTM C979 Standard Specification for Pigments for Integrally Colored Concrete
18. ACI 211.1 Standard Practice for Selecting Proportions for Normal, Heavyweight, and Mass Concrete
19. ACI 306 Cold Weather Concreting
20. ACI 318 Building Code Requirements Structural Concrete and Commentary (includes Errata)
21. PCI MNL 116 Quality Control for Plants and Production of Precast Prestressed Concrete Products
B. Reference Standard: Equipment manufacturer’s specifications and recommendations.
C. Manufacturer Criteria:
1. Manufacturer must have the proper licenses for California:
a. California Department of Housing and Development Commercial Modular “Manufacturers License (Must be “Active” prior to bidding “No Exceptions”). b. Selling through a Commercial Modular Dealer/Dealer Salesperson licensed by the California Department of Housing and Community development. (Must be Current prior to bidding “No Exceptions”).
1.4 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Building manufacturer shall provide a warranty against defects in material workmanship for a period of five (5) years; with the exception of any goods which have been repaired or altered without manufacturer’s express written consent, any goods which have been subject to misuse, negligence, acts of God or accidents, or any goods which have not been installed to manufacturer’s specifications and guidelines, improperly maintained, or used outside of the specifications for which such goods were designed.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Design and installation drawings signed and stamped by California licensed engineer with floor plans, roof plans, elevations, foundation and anchor bolt plans shall be furnished by the building supplier. Where applicable, plans shall be fully dimensioned 556
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES 13 30 00 - 3
to show compliance with disabled access requirements of the 2013 California Building Code.
B. Contractor shall submit plans to the Owners Representative for review and approval prior to order and delivery of materials. Contractor shall coordinate with manufacturer to ensure no delays in manufacture and delivery of materials.
C. The following sections shall be included in the building supplier’s Scope of Supply and Design Submittal.
1. INTRODUCTION
a. About this document
b. How to use this document
c. Typical building supplier process
d. Documents to return to building supplier
2. SCOPE OF SUPPLY – PRODUCTS & SERVICES
a. Scope of supply - products
b. Scope of supply - services
3. PRODUCTS & SERVICES NOT SUPPLIED BY BUILDING SUPPLIER a. Products not supplied by building supplier
b. Services not supplied by building supplier
4. PROJECT SITE
a. Site considerations
b. Site layout drawings
c. Delivery procedures and helpful information
d. Operation & maintenance manuals
e. Construction phase – special circumstances
5. WARRANTY & LIMITATIONS
a. Building supplier limited warranty
b. Limitations of building supplier responsibilities
c. Copyright
6. PROJECT DESIGN
a. Plan Set
b. Structural Calculations
7. PRODUCT DATA SHEETS (AS APPLICABLE)
a. Staging explanation
b. Stage 1: Frame
c. Stage 2: Roofing, vents, & windows
d. Stage 3: Exterior
e. Stage 4A: Plumbing and partitions
f. Stage 4B: Electrical components
g. Stage 4C: Accessories
1.6 WARRANTY
A. The buildings and structures and all associated components shall be warranted against defects in materials and workmanship for a period of not less than five (5) years from date of final acceptance.
557
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES 13 30 00 - 4
1.7 MAINTENANCE
A. The Contractor shall provide maintenance for the pre-engineered structures until the project is accepted.
PART 2 – PRODUCTS
2.1 STRUCTURES
A. Refer to Plans and Appendices for quantities, dimensions, locations, and installation methods for the materials and items described in this section.
B. Dimensions shall match what is indicated on drawings. Plans shown in Appendices shall be amended and modified as necessary to match dimensions shown on plan.
Contractor to coordinate with on-site conditions as needed.
C. All elements including walls, beams, and roofing to be designed and supplied by the supplier.
D. Structures Include:
1. Restroom Building
a. Prefabricated Restroom described on the plans and in Appendix 4 of these specifications.
2. Stage Shade Structure
a. Prefabricated Restroom described on the plans and in Appendix 5 of these specifications.
2.2 CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
A. All equipment, labor, trades and materials shall be supplied by Contractor.
1. Includes all materials and labor for foundations/footings, interior slabs, exterior/entry slabs, and sidewalks.
B. Engineered fill, vapor barrier, reinforcement and other accessories shall be as specified on the final permit drawings and specifications.
C. The Contractor shall prepare pad based on approved permit drawings. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring that the concrete foundation is adequate for the site conditions and the purpose for which the building and foundation/slab are intended.
D. Engineered Fill. Bedding material to be per approved permit plans and specifications.
2.3 PLUMBING
A. Plumbing, where specified, rough-in, installation and trim shall be supplied by the contractor.
558
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES 13 30 00 - 5
1. All underground water service and sewer drain(s) from building to be as specified in final site plan.
2. All floor drains shall be as shown on final building plans.
3. Building water shutoff valve, drain, and all rough piping shall be as shown on final building plans. Final location to be set onsite.
4. Minimum water pressure at toilet and urinal flush valves shall be 50 psi. with minimum pipe sizing as per 2009 Uniform Plumbing Code Section 610.
5. Install the supplied fixtures and all other plumbing supplies as specified in final plans.
B. Floor drain shall be supplied by Contractor.
C. Water line drain valve shall be supplied by Contractor.
D. Sewer line backflow check valve shall be Contractor supplied, per City and code requirements.
2.4 RESTROOM FIXTURES
A. Restroom fixtures shall be supplied by building supplier and shall be as specified on the final permit drawings and specifications.
2.5 ELECTRICAL
A. Electrical rough-in, installation and trim shall be supplied by Contractor.
1. All underground service to building shall be as shown on the plans. Electric meter base, panel board, timers, enclosure, security system and all rough wiring, switches, plugs and circuit breakers shall be furnished and installed by the Contractor as shown on the plans.
2. Contractor is responsible for all necessary wire, connectors, grounding, conduit etc. to install the components and meet national and local code. The installation of these components shall comply with all state and/or local codes. See Div 26 specifications for complete requirements.
B. Restroom
1. Accessories including light fixtures, hand dryers, shall be provided by the supplier, per approved permit plans and specifications.
2. Contractor to supply and install irrigation controller where shown on plans inside the restroom including conduits, power, and wires.
3. Contractor to supply and install rain sensor on top of restroom with conduit between the controller and sensor.
C. Stage
1. Building supplier shall provide posts for wiring and cutouts for electrical equipment.
2. Contractor shall provide lighting and power supply per the electrical plans. 559
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES 13 30 00 - 6
2.6 CONTRACTOR SUPPLIED COMPONENTS
Contractor is responsible for supply and installation of all other items indicated on final plans or required by building codes.
PART 3 – EXECUTION
Contractor shall furnish all materials, labor and supervision necessary to completely install and finish the structure foundations and/or building pad, coordinate with manufacturer and supplier, and install structures in accordance with installation instructions from building manufacturer and plans and specifications and the provisions of the building permit.
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions for compliance with requirements for correct and level finished grade, mounting surfaces, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 SPECIAL INSPECTION
A. Contractor shall schedule and coordinate all inspections required on the project including regulatory and special inspections.
3.3 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packing, Shipping, and Handling
1. Before the packaged restroom building arrives on-site, delivery instructions with an attached parts list will be sent to the owner and/or Contractor.
2. These lists need to be given to the personnel receiving and offloading the building kits prior to delivery so that an inventory of materials can be performed.
B. Storage and Protection
1. Upon delivery, Contractor will assume responsibility for adequate protection of materials from weather, damage, and pilferage or all warranties, expressed or implied may be voided.
3.4 INSTALLATION
A. All components to be installed according to the plan sets and/or manufacturer’s instructions.
560
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PRE-ENGINEERED STRUCTURES 13 30 00 - 7
3.5 OPERATION & MAINTENANCE MANUALS
A. Upon installation, provide the Operations & Maintenance manuals that are provided by some manufacturers in their packaging to the City. Requests for additional copies from the building supplier will result in subsequent charges to the Contractor.
END OF SECTION 13 30 00
561
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 00 - 1
SECTION 26 05 00
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for basic materials and methods for all work included under Division 26.
Additional specifications requirements for electrical work are specified under other sections of Division 26 and where those requirements differ from the requirements of this Section, they shall govern.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit product data for all material for approval.
B. Submit shop drawings detailing new electrical facilities and connection to existing facilties.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 CONDUIT
A. Rigid Steel Conduit: Standard weight, mild steel pipe, zinc coated on both inside and outside by a hot dipping or sherardizing process. Inside and outside of conduit shall be finished with a protective coating. All threads galvanized after cutting. Meets UL 6, UL Card #DYIX, and ANSI C80.1.
B. Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC): For exposed, above grade applications use Intermediate weight, mild steel pipe, meeting same requirements for finish and material as rigid steel conduit. Meets UL 1242, UL Card #DYIX, and ANSI C80.6.
C. PVC Conduit
1. Type 40, 90 C, UL listed, composed of polyvinyl chloride, conforming to NEMA TC2, Fed Spec WC1094A, UL651 Standards. Material shall have minimum tensile strength of 6,500 psi at 73.4 F, flexural strength of 12,500 psi and compressive strength of 9,000 psi per ASTM testing. PVC conduit shall be suitable for direct burial without concrete encasement. Fittings shall be of same manufacture. All joints shall be solvent welded.
2. Only manufactured elbows/bends shall be used. Where field bends have to be made, obtain prior approval by the engineer.
D. Metallic conduits and fittings shall be listed and approved as a grounding means. 562
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 00 - 2
2.02 WIRES
A. Conductors shall be copper and comply with Section 86-1.02F of the Standard Specfications.
B. Bring wire to job in original unbroken packages. Obtain approval of inspector or Engineer before installation of wires.
2.03 CONVENIENCE OUTLETS
A. Shall be "Specification" grade rated 15 amperes at 125 volts, duplex, composition base with slots to accommodate parallel plug caps with grounding peg. Contact shall grip both sides of plug prongs. Where only one receptacle is connected to a 20 ampere circuit, a 20 ampere receptacle shall be used. Outlet shall be UL listed.
Receptacle Hubbell A-H P & S Leviton
20A GFI GF5352 GF5342 2091 6899
B. Provide a separate GFI duplex receptacle at each location identified on the drawings and as specified. Through wiring is not acceptable.
2.04 PRECAST CONCRETE PULLBOXES/HANDHOLES
A. Boxes shall be size as indicated on the drawings. Design loads shall consist of live, dead, impact, hydrostatic, and other loads. Live loads shall be for H-20 and/or H-20-S16-44, or as required, per A.A.S.H.O. standard specifications for highway bridges with revisions.
Design loads shall be sixteen KIPS. Concrete shall be per ASTM-C-33-64. Lightweight concrete shall conform to ASTM-C-33-64T. Cement shall be Portland Cement meeting ASTM-C-150 Type II standards. Compressive strength shall be minimum 4,000 psi at 28 days.
B. Boxes: Precast high-density reinforced concrete with end and side knockouts, and extension as required. Minimum 1.5 inches wall thickness. Acceptable manufacturers shall be Forni, Christy or equal.
C. Covers: All covers shall be reinforce concrete with hold down bolts. Where susceptible to vehicular traffic, use H 20 rated traffic cover. All covers shall be factory marked, see drawings for marking/label required.
D. Installation
1. Excavate around area to accept box, a minimum of four inches around all sides for ease of installation. Provide 12 inches of compacted pea gravel for bedding and/or to facilitate drainage.
2. Backfill shall consist of sand or fine earth, compacted. Saturated soil or large rocks shall not be used. No voids shall remain between walls and native soil.
3. Grout and seal conduits at box entry with cement. Provide with conduit end bells.
E. Utility Co. boxes shall be per their requirements. Provide with ground rod as required. 563
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 00 - 3
F. The metal covers of lighting and power pull boxes shall be ground bonded to the circuit grounding conductor(s) in the pull box. The size of the bonding conductor shall be the same size as the associated circuit ground conductors.
2.05 GROUND RODS
A. Ground rods shall be 3/4 inch diameter x 8 foot copper clad steel.
2.06 SUBPANEL AND RECEPTACLES FOR STAGE
A. As indicated in plans, provide outdoor, steel, tamper-proof 200AMP subpanel (120/240 Volt, 1-Phase). Enclosure rating, NEMA size shall be 3R. Surface finish shall be baked enamel gray or as approved by the Engineer. Number of circuits shall be 24. Number of spaces shall be 12.
B. Receptacles shall be as indicated in plans.
2.07 ENCLOUSED CIRCUIT BREAKERS
A. Thermal-magnetic for 100A and smaller, or solid state for larger than 200A. CutlerHammer, General Electric, Square D, or equal. Enclosure to suit, similar to disconnect switches.
2.08 CONDUCTOR CABLE
A. Conductor Material: ICEA stranded copper meeting requirements of ASTM B3, soft drawn.
B. Conductor Type: Unless specified otherwise, conductor types shall be as follows:
1. Size 14 AWG to Size 1/0 AWG: California Electrical Code, Type THHN or THWN, polyvinyl chloride (PVC) thermoplastic insulated in accordance with NEMA WC70. Cable shall be jacketed with clear polyamide nylon over the insulation.
2. Size 2/0 AWG and Larger: California Electrical Code, Type THWN or THHN, ethylene-propylene-rubber-insulated in accordance with NEMA WC70.
C. Temperature Rating: Temperature ratings of all cables shall be not less than 90 degrees C.
2.09 SUPPORT, ANCHORAGE, AND ATTACHMENT COMPONENTS
A. Conduit and Cable Support Devices: Steel hangers, clamps, and associated fittings, designed for types and sizes of conduit to be supported.
B. Support for Conductors in Vertical Conduit: Factory-fabricated assembly consisting of threaded body and insulating wedging plug or plugs for non-armored electrical conductors or cables in riser conduits. Plugs shall have number, size, and shape of conductor gripping pieces as required to suit individual conductors or cables supported. Body shall be malleable iron.
564
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 00 - 4
C. Structural Steel for Fabricated Supports and Restraints: ASTM A36, steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.
D. Mounting, Anchoring, and Attachment Components: Items for fastening electrical items or their supports to building surfaces include the following:
1. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete, steel, or wood, with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of the following, or equal approved as a comparable product:
1) Hilti, Inc.
2) ITW Ramset/Red Head, div. Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
3) MKT Fastening.
4) Simpson Strong-Tie Co., Inc.
2. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, zinc-coated steel, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with tension, shear, and pullout capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials in which used. a. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of the following, or equal approved as a comparable product:
1) Cooper B-Line, Inc., div. Cooper Industries.
2) Hilti, Inc.
3) ITW Ramset/Red Head, div. Illinois Tool Works, Inc.
4) MKT Fastening.
3. Concrete Inserts: Steel or malleable-iron, slotted support system units similar to MSS Type 18; complying with MFMA-4 or MSS SP-58.
4. Clamps for Attachment to Steel Structural Elements: MSS SP-58, type suitable for attached structural element.
5. Through Bolts: Structural type, hex head, and high strength.
Comply with ASTM A325.
6. Toggle Bolts: All-steel springhead type.
7. Hanger Rods: Threaded steel.
2.10 FABRICATED METAL EQUIPMENT SUPPORT ASSEMBLIES
A. Description: Shop welded or bolted, structural-steel shapes, shop or field fabricated to fit dimensions of supported equipment.
565
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 00 - 5
2.11 SECURITY SYSTEM
Provide pole mounted Flock Safety Camera with License Plate and Facial Recognition will be provided by the City. Contractor shall be responsible for providing power to security camera. Existing pole record information provided below. Contractor shall provide shop drawings with mounting details of new camera to existing pole for approval by the Engineer.
A. Ethernet Cable shall be Cat 5E or as approved by the Engineer.
B. Video Management and Recording System shall manage the IP Cameras, record the video, provide video storage, display real-time video, and review of historic video recordings. The Contractor shall provide a network video recorder, including computer and software, or an approved equivalent by the Engineer. Hardware shall be located in the Community Center as directed by the Engineer.
566
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 00 - 6
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONSTRUCTION METHOD
A. Horizontal Directional Boring
1. The Contractor shall install conduit using the horizontal directional bore method.
As approved by the Engineer, the Contractor can install the conduit by open trenching. Prior to commencing construction, the contractor shall contact Underground Service Alert to have all underground utilities marked as noted in the Utility Locating Section of these Special Provisions. During the potholing operation, the contractor should review the characteristics of the existing soils so as to plan for the directional bore operation. Should the contractor find soil that may not be satisfactory for directional drilling, they shall notify the Engineer immediately.
2. The contractor shall prepare a profile of each bore indicating the proposed route, depth, and available clearance to existing utilities. The profile should be submitted to the Engineer prior to the commencement of the bore operation for approval.
3. All drilling units should be equipped with an electrical strike safety package. The package should at a minimum contain a warning sound alarm. All members of the contractor’s crew shall wear die-electric boots at all times.
4. The contractor shall place bore and receive pits at intervals based on site characteristics. After completion of the pilot bore, the path shall be reamed as necessary to safety pull back conduits without damaging the existing infrastructure.
The contractor shall determine the required drilling fluid fixture to properly suspend the bore hole. The bore path shall be as straight as practical in both the horizontal and vertical plane.
B. Open Trenching
1. In certain locations, underground obstructions or other conflicts may require the conduit to be installed by open trenching. If this occurs, the Contractor shall notify the Engineer prior to performing the work. No additional payment will be made for installation of conduit by open trench.
2. The Contractor shall restore all asphatl, concrete, and landscape surface to existing or better condition.
3.02 CONDUITS
A. Conduits installed by trenchless methods shall be SDR11 high density polyethylene or fusible PVC.
B. Conduits installed in contact with ground shall be PVC 40 conduit.
1. Provide a minimum two inches of sand bedding at the bottom of the trench before laying conduits. Maintain two inches separation between conduits. Maintain 12 inches separation between power conduits and low voltage signal conduits.
2. Backfill shall be sand, from bottom to 12 inches below finished grade. Fine earth native backfill to be used for the last 12 inches.
567
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 00 - 7
3. Risers, including elbows, shall be double-wrapped rigid steel or PVC coated rigid steel conduit; except that risers, including elbows and bends, at in-ground pull box locations shall be PVC-40 terminated with endbells.
4. When installing underground conduits to specified depth, depth shall be taken from the top of the conduit to the finished grade level. Unless otherwise specified, underground conduits outside of foundation line shall be installed with top side not less than 24 inches below finished grade.
5. Utility Company (electric, telephone, cable TV, etc.) conduits shall be installed per their depth and backfill requirements. Minimum depth shall be 24 inches below finished grade. Minimum conduit shall be PVC-40. Where the utility company allows use of a "lesser" grade conduit, i.e. DB120, PVC-40 shall be used.
6. The minimum size of conduits outside the foundation line shall be one inch.
7. Bends shall be wide sweeping type with minimum 24 inch radius bends.
8. Manufactured elbows are required to be used for all 22.5 and 45 degree bends, and 90 degree elbows, and combinations thereof. Field bends may be used for other bends with approved field benders specifically for such purpose and such bends shall not compromise the integrity and nominal thickness of the conduit wall.
9. For all trenches, provide a six inch-wide non-biodegradable metal-detectable polyethylene tape at 12 inches below grade, five mil. thick, labeled "CAUTION ELECTRIC LINE BURIED BELOW." Fluorescent red for electric power conduits.
C. Although circuiting is shown as diagrammatic, their point-to-point destinations and their indication of above/below ground route shall be followed as much as possible. Where site conditions dictate that an alternate means of routing will alleviate conflicts, the alternate means will be considered with prior approval by the Engineer.
3.03 CAPPING
A. Cap conduits during construction with manufactured seals. Swab out conduits before wires are pulled in.
B. Cap all empty conduits below grade and in pull boxes with manufacturer's caps to prevent entrance of water and debris, attach pull string to cap.
3.04 CONDUCTORS
A. Conductors shall be coppye and comply with Section 86-1.02F of the Standard Specfications.
B. Use only UL approved wire pulling compound as lubricant.
C. #12 AWG wire shall be minimum size wire used for lighting and power circuits.
D. All conductors shall be in conduit unless otherwise indicated.
E. Conduit sizes shall be based on code fill table for THW insulated wires to accommodate the number, size, and type of wires shown or specified. 568
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 00 - 8
F. Wiring installed in pull boxes or junction boxes, where wire is pulled through without terminations (except splices), shall have a service loop around the interior of the box for 360 degrees utilizing the largest circumference.
G. Where conductors are increased in size and number (such as for voltage drop reasons), such that conductors will not fit the standard breaker or panel lugs, terminate conductors in one of the following means:
1. Provide larger breaker frame or panelboard.
2. Provide oversized lugs.
3. Last Option only with approval from Engineer: Terminate wires in multiport connector and provide pigtail. Splice to be made in panel or switchboard if space is available, or in separate splice box. This option will not be normally granted.
3.05 GROUNDING
A. Grounding and ground bonding of the electrical installation shall be in accordance with CEC Article 250, and any applicable codes. Ground fittings shall be approved manufactured type, installed and connected to conform with Code requirements.
B. Neutral conductors and noncurrent-carrying parts of equipment at each installation shall be grounded in accordance with applicable code. Ground conductor shall be copper having a current capacity sized in accordance with CEC.
C. All equipment cases, etc., shall be completely grounded to satisfy requirements of CEC.
Install bond wire in flexible conduit. Install copper bond wire, sized in accordance with CEC, in all nonmetallic raceways and bond to all metallic parts using approved fittings.
D. Service ground conductor shall be connected to a "Ufer" encased ground and bonded to the metallic cold water pipe system and to the metallic natural gas line.
E. Total ground resistance shall not exceed 25 ohms.
F. All connections shall be made with solderless connectors or molded fusion-welding process.
3.06 PULL BOXES
A. All conduits entering boxes through the bottom shall extend a minimum of 1 ½” and not more than 3” into the inside of the boxes. All conduits shall be grouped to one end of the box and plugged with conduit caps immediately after installation and prior to backfill.
B. Excavation for pull boxes shall include excavation for transitions and flares as necessary for project improvements. Pull boxes shall conform to the representative agency requirements and these specifications.
C. Boxes and lids in paved areas shall be capable of withstanding traffic loads.
D. Boxes in sidewalk area shall have skid-resistant covers suitable for foot traffic. 569
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 00 - 9
E. Boxes shall be installed to be flush with the finish surface at the locations shown on the plans and shall be placed on a minimum 6” bed of crushed rock which shall extend a minimum 6” outside the exterior edges of the box.
F. All conduits in pull boxes shall be duct sealed.
G. Pull boxes shall include saw-cut existing curb, gutter sidewalk/street, excavation, supply, installation, backfill and repair of said curb, gutter, and sidewalk/street. Traffic cover shall be provided and installed by the Contractor for pull boxes located in street/driveway areas.
3.07 APPLICATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for application of hangers and supports for electrical equipment and systems except if requirements in this section are stricter.
B. Maximum Support Spacing and Minimum Hanger Rod Size for Raceway: Space supports for EMT, IMC, and RMC as required by NFPA 70. Minimum rod size shall be 1/4 inch in diameter.
3.08 SUPPORT INSTALLATION
A. Comply with NECA 1 and NECA 101 for installation requirements except as specified in this Article.
B. Strength of Support Assemblies: Where not indicated, select sizes of components so strength will be adequate to carry present and future static loads within specified loading limits. Minimum static design load used for strength determination shall be weight of supported components plus 200 lb.
C. Mounting and Anchorage of Surface-Mounted Equipment and Components: Anchor and fasten electrical items and their supports to building structural elements by the following methods unless otherwise indicated by code:
1. To Wood: Fasten with lag screws or through bolts.
2. To New Concrete: Bolt to concrete inserts.
3. To Masonry: Approved toggle-type bolts on hollow masonry units and expansion anchor fasteners on solid masonry units.
4. To Existing Concrete: Expansion anchor fasteners.
5. Instead of expansion anchors, powder-actuated driven threaded studs provided with lock washers and nuts may be used in existing standard-weight concrete 4 inches thick or greater. Do not use for anchorage to lightweight-aggregate concrete or for slabs less than 4 inches thick.
6. To Steel: Welded threaded studs complying with AWS D1.1, with lock washers and nuts, or beam clamps (MSS Type 19, 21, 23, 25, or 27) complying with MSS SP69.
7. To Light Steel: Sheet metal screws.
8. Items Mounted on Hollow Walls and Nonstructural Building Surfaces: Mount cabinets, panelboards, disconnect switches, control enclosures, pull and junction 570
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS 26 05 00 - 10
boxes, transformers, and other devices on slotted-channel racks attached to substrate by means that meet seismic-restraint strength and anchorage requirements.
D. Drill holes for expansion anchors in concrete at locations and to depths that avoid reinforcing bars.
3.09 INSTALLATION OF FABRICATED METAL SUPPORTS
A. Cut, fit, and place miscellaneous metal supports accurately in location, alignment, and elevation to support and anchor electrical materials and equipment.
B. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1.
3.10 FIELD TESTS
A. General: Perform field test in the presence of the Engineer except as otherwise specified.
Provide required labor, materials, equipment and connections to perform tests. Document results and submit them to the Engineer. Repair or replace all defective work.
B. Each ground rod shall be tested. A ground rod which does not have a resistance to ground of 25 ohms or less shall be augmented by one additional ground rod at no less than eight feet from each other.
3.11 CLEANING
A. Brush and clean work prior to concealing, painting and acceptance. Performed in stages if directed.
B. Clean and repair soiled or damaged painted exposed work and match adjoining work before final acceptance.
C. Remove debris from inside and outside of material, equipment and structures.
3.12 WARRANTY
A. All materials and installation shall be provided with a one (1) year warranty which shall include replacement parts, labor, retesting, and travel to and from the job site. The warranty period shall begin after final acceptance of the project.
END OF SECTION 33 30 00
571
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 1
SECTION 26 50 00
LIGHTING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Furnish and install a complete lighting system consisting of high intensity discharge (HID), luminaires, lamps, ballasts, and appurtenances as shown on drawings and specified.
1.02 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install all necessary labor, material, tools and equipment to perform and completely finish the work according to the intent of this specification, and the accompanying drawings.
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. All materials shall comply with applicable standards of the Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Manufacturer's product data and materials. Include technical specification information, photometric data, fixture efficiency, ballasts information, lamp information, weights, accessories, etc.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 LUMINAIRES
A. Weatherproof fixtures shall have neoprene gaskets on fixture trim and door assemblies. Fixture shall be UL listed for wet locations.
B. Provide lamps, of wattage and type as shown on the drawings, for all fixtures or as approved by the Engineer.
2.02 LIGHT POLES
A. Provide light pole, ground lug handhole cover, and attachment hardware as indicated in plans or as approved by the Engineer..
B. Poles shall meet the loading based on the wind rating of the Wind Velocity Map as published by AASHTO with a 1.3 gust factor.
572
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 2
C. Reflector optical systems shall be high reflectance prefinished sheet or fabricated construction; no hydroforming, no spinning.
2.03 WIRING
A. Fixtures shall be wired with conductors having insulation suitable for the environmental conditions, current, voltage, and temperature to which the conductors are subjected.
2.04 FOUNDATION
A. Luminaire pole foundations shall be per Caltrans standard plan ES-6C.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSTALLATION
A. All dirt, plaster, paint, etc., on luminaires and lenses shall be removed before work will be accepted. Mounting of luminaires shall be in strict accordance with the CEC Section 410.
3.02 WARRANTY
A. All materials and installation shall be provided with a one (1) year warranty which shall include replacement parts, labor, retesting, and travel to and from the job site. The warranty period shall begin after final acceptance of the project.
END OF SECTION 26 50 00
573
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
LIGHTING 26 50 00 - 3
574
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE PREPARATION & PLANT PROTECTION 31 10 13 - 1
SECTION 31 10 13
SITE PREPARATION & PLANT PROTECTION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. Protecting improvements and vegetation to remain.
B. Clearing and grubbing.
C. Removal of existing site improvements including but not limited to asphalt pavement, site bollards, and signage.
1. Provide watering for all planting within Contract limit and any adjacent areas affected by the work. Coordinate shut off of irrigation systems with the Owner and be responsible for any damage caused to adjacent landscaping by Contract work.
2. A qualified arborist shall be retained by the Contractor to determine the condition of trees in question as to their ability to survive. Comply with recommendations to rehabilitate or to replace in accordance with paragraph above.
C. Preserve and protect adjoining properties during removal work, site preparation work and construction.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 02 41 00 - Demolition
B. Section 31 20 00 - Earthwork
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Tree Protection Zone: All construction activity (grading, filling, paving, landscaping) will respect a Tree Protection Zone (TPZ) around trees to be protected. The TPZ will be a distance of one-foot radial distance from the trunk for each one-inch of trunk diameter.
Exceptions to this standard may occur depending upon the age and condition of individual trees.
B. TREE PROTECTION FENCING
1. Fencing at a minimum of four feet in height and clearly marked to prevent inadvertent encroachment by heavy machinery should be installed either at the edge of the Tree Protection Zone (TPZ), crown drip line (whichever is further from the trunk), or at the edge of the construction zone if the construction zone protrudes into the TPZ. The Supervising Arborist, or County designated representative, should approve location of fencing. All fencing should be in place prior to any site grading.
575
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE PREPARATION & PLANT PROTECTION 31 10 13 - 2
2. Contractor should maintain the protection fencing and prohibit all access to fenced areas by construction personnel or equipment until all site work is completed.
3. All structures including construction trailers, equipment storage areas and any other construction traffic are prohibited within fenced areas. Burning or debris piles are prohibited within fenced areas. No materials, equipment, spoil, waste, or washout water should be deposited or stored within fenced areas. Fences may not be moved without written permission of the Supervising Arborist or Owner designated representative.
4. If temporary access within a fenced area is determined to be necessary, then a six-inch layer of bark mulch should be placed in all areas requiring access. This requirement for mulching should apply to all areas within the fenced area and subject to access. If equipment access is required, then the mulch should be overlaid with metal plates of sufficient thickness to adequately distribute bearing load.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Stipulations
1. Site Preparation and Demolition
a. Work is in accordance with the Drawings and specifications and includes but is not necessarily limited to the following:
1) Clearing and grubbing.
2) Identification and protection of improvements indicated to remain. 3) Removal of existing site improvements, such as, asphalt pavement, site bollards, and signage.
a. Locate and identify existing utility services and protect or disconnect, remove and cap as required for new work.
b. Remove, clean, store and protect all items designated and directed to be salvaged to owner.
c. Remove, store and protect all items designated and directed to be reinstalled.
d. Obtain and pay for permits required for execution of this work.
1.05 SUBMITTALS
A. Photographs or videotape, sufficiently detailed, of existing conditions of adjacent streets, adjacent parking areas, trees and plantings, adjoining construction, and site improvements that might be misconstrued as damage caused by site demolition.
B. The Contractor is to submit a letter with the relevant material submittals certifying that the products used by the Contractor are consistent with the Environmental Safety Policy of the City of Richmond.
1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS
576
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE PREPARATION & PLANT PROTECTION 31 10 13 - 3
A. Nuisances: Keep dirt, dust, noise, and other objectionable nuisance to a minimum. Use temporary enclosures, coverings and sprinkling, and combinations thereof, as necessary to limit dust to lowest practicable level, except do not use water to the extent that it causes flooding or contaminated run-off.
B. Traffic: Conduct work to ensure minimum interference with vehicular or pedestrian traffic, and to permit unencumbered access to the school property located outside of the project areas.
1. Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks, or other public passageways without permission from authorities having jurisdiction.
2. If required, by governing authorities, provide alternate routes around closed and obstructed traffic ways.
3. Do not drive any type of vehicle or store products on the existing track surfacing or on asphalt that is curing unless the area has been protected per California Track instructions. Vehicles and storage areas are limited to the areas of thickened asphalt pavement section as shown on the drawings or as designated by the Owner Representative. Protect existing track surfacing per manufacturer’s instructions. Submit a protection plan to the Owner for approval prior to start of demolition work.
C. Dispose of cleared, grubbed and removed material that will not be salvaged or recycled on site.
D. Salvable Improvements: Carefully remove items indicated to be salvaged and store where designed by Owner. Avoid damaging salvage material.
E. Protections:
1. Prevent movement and settlement of adjacent structures. Install temporary barriers, fences, guard rails, enclosures, shoring, bracing, planking, warning signs and other protections required to protect structures, utilities, landscaping and other items that are to remain in place.
2. Protect benchmarks, monuments, and reference points from displacement and damage; and if displaced or damaged, replace at no cost to the Owner.
3. Install and maintain required bracing, shoring, and supports when removing structural elements and be responsible for safety and support of structure. If safety of structure appears to be endangered, cease operations and immediately notify the Owner. Do not resume operations until safety is restored.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SOILS MATERIALS
A. Satisfactory Soil Materials. See Section 31 05 13, soils for Earthwork for satisfactory soil material for backfilling excavations and depressions resulting from site clearing.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
577
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE PREPARATION & PLANT PROTECTION 31 10 13 - 4
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas in which work is to be performed. Report in writing to the Owner’s Representative all prevailing conditions that will adversely affect satisfactory execution of work. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
B. Starting work constitutes acceptance of the existing conditions and the Contractor shall then, at his expense, be responsible for correcting all unsatisfactory and defective work encountered.
C. For the duration of the project, secure the perimeter of the project(s) as required to secure the project from trespass and provide a safe construction site. Field verify the perimeter and gate locations with the Construction Manager. The fence location may be adjusted as the project progresses based on the approval of the Construction Manager.
3.02 CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATIONS AND SUPERVISION
A. As directed by the Engineer, all arboricultural and related soil work shall be performed under the observation of an International Society of Arboriculture (ISA) Certified Arborist.
B. All specified arboricultural work should be completed prior to site grading (root pruning, canopy pruning, fencing, etc.).
C. The Contractor is required to meet with the Supervising Arborist to review all the tree protection requirements.
D. Landscape Architect shall be notified in advance of all work occurring within the TPZ areas. One week notice is required to schedule on-site supervision.
3.03 CLEARING, SITE GRADING, TRENCHING, AND ROOT PRUNING A. In areas to remain planting, remove designated trees, stumps, rubbish, undergrowth and deadwood as well as fences and incidental structures that interfere with the construction as shown on the Drawings and as specified. Obtain verification from Project Inspector prior to removal.
B. Excavations, site grading, and trenching shall be kept within designated construction zones. Excavations, grading cuts, or trenching within the TPZ of a retained tree trunk require special trenching, root pruning, and/or excavation procedures. Trenches shall be dug manually or with the use of an air spade. Alternatively, a root cutting machine, rock saw, or other approved root pruning equipment can be used outside the trenching or excavation area. This root-pruning trench should be placed one foot outside the edge of the grading cut or trench edge. The depth of the trench should equal the depth of the grading cut (or trench depth) to a maximum depth of 40 inches. Spoils from trenching or other excavation work shall be stored outside TPZ areas. Temporary storage of spoils is not permitted within TPZ areas.
C. A trench may be mechanically dug toward a tree until the edge of the TPZ is reached.
From the edge of the TPZ, the special trenching procedures should apply as described in above.
578
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE PREPARATION & PLANT PROTECTION 31 10 13 - 5
D. Underground utilities, drain, and irrigation lines should be routed outside the TPZ. When lines must cross the TPZ, the lines are recommended to be bored or tunneled through the area at a depth approved by the Landscape Architect. In these instances, a single shared utility conduit should be used to reduce impacts to trees.
E. Any roots one inch in diameter or larger requiring removal should be cut cleanly in sound tissue. The roots and surrounding soil should be moistened and covered with a thick mulch (4”) to prevent desiccation. No pruning seals or paints should be used on wounds.
Cut and exposed roots should be protected from drying. A water absorbent material (i.e. burlap) should be secured at the top of the trench and draped over the exposed roots.
This material should be kept moistened and soil should be replaced as soon as practicable.
F. Keep site grading within designated construction zones. Grading cuts or trenching within the TPZ of a retained tree trunk requires special trenching procedures. Trenches should be dug manually with an air spade or the use of a root cutting machine, rock cutter, or other approved root-pruning equipment. This root-pruning trench should be placed one foot inside the edge of the grading cut or trench edge. The depth of the trench should equal the depth of the grading cut to a maximum depth of 40 inches.
G. A trench may be mechanically dug toward a tree until the edge of the TPZ is reached.
From the edge of the TPZ, the special trenching procedures should apply.
H. Underground utilities, drain, and irrigation lines should be routed outside the TPZs.
When lines must cross the TPZ, the lines should be directionally drilled, bored or tunneled through the area at a depth approved by the supervising arborist. In these instances, a single shared utility conduit should be used to reduce impacts to trees.
I. Any roots one inch in diameter or larger requiring removal should be cut cleanly in sound tissue. The roots and surrounding soil should be moistened and covered with a thick mulch (4”) to prevent desiccation. No pruning seals or paints should be used on wounds.
Cut and exposed roots should be protected from drying. A water absorbent material (i.e. burlap) should be secured at the top of the trench and should be draped over the exposed roots. This material should be kept moistened and soil should be replaced as soon as practicable.
J. Porous pavements are recommended for use within the TPZ. Construction of the pavement sub-base should avoid grading cuts where possible.
3.04 TREE AND SHRUB PRUNING
A. Any tree pruning, or other similar activity, which may be required as part of site construction, shall be reviewed by the Landscape Architect. Tying of branches may be required to provide temporary access for equipment.
B. Pruning methods shall conform to the ANSI A 300 Pruning Standards and be performed by an ISA Certified Arborist or Certified Tree Worker. No pruning by construction personnel is permitted.
3.05 PRUNING AND CABLING
579
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE PREPARATION & PLANT PROTECTION 31 10 13 - 6
A. Any tree pruning, cabling, or another similar activity which may be proposed as part of site construction will be included on site plans and be reviewed by a qualified arborist provided by the Contractor.
B. Pruning methods shall conform to the ANSI A 300-2008 Pruning Standard Practices and be performed by an ISA Certified Arborist or Certified Tree Worker. Cabling or other support systems shall conform to the ANSI A 300 (part 3) – 2008 Standard Practices.
3.06 DEMOLITION/SITE CLEARING
A. A qualified arborist should review any tree removal work within 50 feet of a TPZ. Trees requiring removal should be felled away from protected trees. Roots of trees to be removed may require pruning with approved root cutting equipment prior to felling if intermingled with roots of retained trees.
B. Excavation equipment should operate from outside the TPZ. Brush and wood chips generated from tree and brush removal should be placed in the TPZ To a maximum depth of six inches.
C. All required pruning should conform to the pruning section of these guidelines.
D. All vegetation removal should be performed with hand equipment when within a TPZ.
3.07 SITE DRAINAGE
A. All grading shall be designed to provide positive drainage away from the base of the tree trunk, and not create ponding within the TPZ.
3.08 IRRIGATION
A. Provide watering for all planting within Contract limit and any adjacent areas affected by the work. Coordinate shut off of irrigation systems with the Owner and be responsible for any damage caused to adjacent landscaping by Contract work. Request As-Built plans for review and information. Locate and preserve irrigation main line in place at all times.
3.09 REPLACEMENT
A. Replace trees cut or severely damaged. Determine tree value by formula adopted by the National Shade Tree Conference 1951 and 1955. Replace in cash value.
3.10 GRUBBING
A. In areas that will remain planting, remove all stumps and roots in their entirety, brush, organic materials and debris. Such materials as topsoil and leaf mold, or other organic materials above the ground surface suitable for use as mulch or topsoil, shall be salvaged or stockpiled.
B. Topsoil and other organic materials above the ground surface suitable for use as mulch or topsoil, shall be salvaged or stockpiled on site separately from subsoil. 580
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE PREPARATION & PLANT PROTECTION 31 10 13 - 7
C. Remove grasses and weeds. Apply systemic weed killer and confirm weed kill prior to removal.
3.11 UTILITIES
A. Contact local utility companies 48 hours minimum prior to start of demolition work.
Confirm verbal notices and written notices. Verify locations of all utilities entering site and their locations on site.
3.12 REMOVAL
A. General:
1. Remove materials in an orderly and careful manner.
2. Repair or replace all removal work performed in excess to that required at no cost to the Owner. Repair or replacement shall match and equal construction, condition, and finish existing at time of award of Contract.
B. Remove the following locations to the extent required or directed for new construction.
1. Fencing, including posts, fabric and footings. Backfill voids if required from removed footings with clean fill as defined in Section 310513, Soils for Earthwork. Be careful of soil caving due presence of groundwater intrusion.
2. Electric underground wires and conduits occurring within removal areas except those shown as reused on Electrical Drawings. Refer to Utility Drawings and Specifications.
3. Miscellaneous structural elements that interfere with the new construction and as directed.
4. Paving. Remove asphalt and concrete paving including aggregate base rock completely to the minimum depth required for sub-grade of new improvements.
Dispose of the demolished concrete, asphalt and base rock at a material recycling facility. Existing aggregate base may be reused on site if it meets the requirements and approval of the Geotechnical Engineer.
5. Underground Pipes and Utilities.
6. Other items noted on the drawings and required to be removed to install the new improvements.
C. Cutting asphalt, concrete curbs and concrete pavement:
1. All lines shall be marked and accepted by Owner’s Representative before the cutting operation.
2. Cut edges of pavement at a 90-degree angle to surface in a true and straight line in accordance with dimensions shown on the Drawings. Make cuts with a concrete saw, to a 1-1/2” minimum depth.
D. Backfill and compact areas excavated and open pits and holes resulting from removal operations. Comply with requirements specified in Section 312317 for backfill materials, compaction and installation methods.
581
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE PREPARATION & PLANT PROTECTION 31 10 13 - 8
E. Rough grade site removal areas to meet adjacent contours and to provide positive drainage. Leave site in clean condition acceptable for performance of subsequent construction operations.
3.13 TREE DAMAGE MITIGATION
A. Trees damaged during construction shall be evaluated by the Supervising Arborist or Owner representative. Proper mitigation measures shall be specified and may include:
1. Pruning of damaged and dead wood.
2. Installation of a drip irrigation system to provide supplemental irrigation for three to five seasons following damage.
3. Proper low nitrogen fertilization timed to growth response and phonological development of the tree.
4. Periodic hazard evaluation of tree.
5. Replacement of tree per Owner requirements.
6. Alleviation of severe compaction by vertical mulching with augers or hydraulic soil probes.
7. Alleviation of surface compaction by light cultivation or raking and the application of a mulch.
3.14 CLEANUP AND DISPOSAL
A. Transport trash, rubbish, and debris daily from site and legally dispose of:
1. Demolished and waste materials encountered.
2. Remove and promptly dispose of contaminated, vermin-infested and dangerous materials encountered.
3. Do not burn or bury materials on site.
B. Clean excess soil may be distributed on site as accepted by Inspector, if it does not adversely affect specified finished grades. Coordinate with Section 310513 Soils for Earthwork, and the Drawings.
C. Excess soil may need to be legally disposed of off-site. Coordinate with the Drawings, and the following specifications: Section 310513, Soils for Earthwork; Section 312316, Excavation; and Section 312317 Trenching.
D. Upon completion of work under this Section, remove all tools, equipment, and temporary enclosures and structures.
END OF SECTION 31 10 13
582
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE PREPARATION & PLANT PROTECTION 31 10 13 - 9
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
583
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EARTHWORK 32 10 00 - 1
SECTION 31 20 00
EARTHWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes (but Is Not Necessarily Limited to):
1. Excavations, fill, and finish grading.
2. Removal and legal disposal off the site of all debris, rubbish, and other materials resulting from earthwork operations.
3. Compaction of fill.
B. All work shall conform to the requirements and/or recommendations listed in the Geotechnical Investigation Report (A3GEO Oct-2023) or as approved by the Engineer.
1.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Design Requirements:
1. Grades and elevations are established with reference to bench marks referenced on the Drawings.
2. Maintain engineering markers such as monuments, bench marks, and location stakes.
B. Performance Requirements:
1. Excavations and finished grades shall not exceed 1/10-foot variation from dimensions and elevations shown or noted, unless otherwise approved by Owner’s Representative.
2. Grading under pavements shall be graded within tolerance of 0 to -1/10 foot.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Native Material: That obtained from required on site excavation.
B. Import Material: Hauled in from off-site borrow areas.
C. Relative Compaction: In-place dry density of soil expressed as percentage of maximum dry density of same material, as determined by laboratory test procedure ASTM D-1557.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. The following reference is hereby made part of this Specification and all work of this Section shall conform to the requirements therein, except as herein modified.
1. “Standard Specifications,” State of California, Department of Transportation (CALTRANS), current edition; hereinafter called Standard Specifications.
Delete all references to statistical testing and measurement and payment.
2. In case of conflict between Standard Specifications and this Specification, this Specification governs.
584
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EARTHWORK 32 10 00 - 2
B. California Code of Regulations (C.C.R.), Title 24.
C. Work shall comply with rules and regulations of local and state agencies having jurisdiction.
D. State and local code requirements shall control disposal of debris.
1.05 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements:
1. When precipitation necessitates interrupting filling and grading operations, prepare areas by compaction of surface and grading to avoid collection of water.
2. Provide adequate temporary drainage and other acceptable measures to prevent erosion.
3. After interruption, reestablish compaction specified in last layer before resuming work.
B. Locate active utilities traversing site, and protect them from damage.
C. Tree Protection:
1. Contractor shall exercise the outmost caution in working near existing trees & vegetation so as not to damage them. Contractor to refer to project drawings for information on existing tree locations.
1.06 RELATED WORK
A. Section 02 41 00 – Demolition
B. Section 31 10 13 – Site Preparation and Plant Protection PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Fill materials shall be reviewed and found acceptable by the Owner’s Representative.
2.02 AGGREGATE BASE MATERIALS
A. Aggregate Base: Class 2, Standard Specification Section 26-1.02A, free from vegetable matter and other deleterious substances, and shall be of such nature that it can be compacted readily under watering and rolling to form a firm, stable base.
2.03 WATER
A. Clean and free from deleterious amounts of acids, alkalis, salts, and organic matter.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
585
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EARTHWORK 32 10 00 - 3
3.01 GENERAL
A. Prior to commencement of earthwork, become thoroughly familiar with site conditions.
B. When discrepancies are found, immediately notify the Owner’s Representative with a follow-up in writing, indicating the nature and extent of differing conditions.
C. Whenever acceptance of the Owner’s Representative is required by these Specifications, notify the Owner’s Representative at least twenty-four hours prior to commencing any phase of earthwork.
1. No phase of work shall proceed until prior phase has been accepted by the Owner’s Representative.
2. Work shall not be covered up or continued until acceptance of the Owner’s Representative has been obtained.
D. Field Tests:
1. Location and frequency of field density tests shall be determined by the Owner’s Representative.
2. Results of test and compliance with these Specifications shall be basis for determining satisfactory completion of work.
E. Compacting:
1. Compact by power tamping, rolling, or combinations thereof as accepted by the Owner’s Representative.
a. Where impractical to use rollers in close proximity to adjacent construction, trees, etc., compact by mechanical tamping.
b. Scarify and recompact any layer not attaining compaction until required density is obtained.
2. Compaction by flooding, ponding, or jetting will not be permitted.
3.02 SITE PREPARATION
A. Cleaning:
1. Remove from area of designated project earthwork all obstructions, asphalt pavement and other matter determined to be deleterious.
2. Removed material shall become property of the Contractor and shall be removed from site.
3. Existing trees remain: trees damaged during construction shall be replaced without additional expense to the owner.
B. Stripping:
1. Where vegetation exists, the site shall be stripped to a depth of 1 to 3 inches or to such greater depth as the Owner’s Representative in the field may consider as being advisable to remove all surface vegetation and organicladen topsoil.
2. Stripped topsoil shall be stockpiled clear of construction area for use in landscaped areas at a location as designated by the Owner’s Representative. a. Take reasonable care to prevent topsoil from being mixed with subsoil. 586
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EARTHWORK 32 10 00 - 4
3.03 SITE EXCAVATION
A. Perform all excavations to lines and grades and within the tolerance specified on the Drawings or as directed in the field as required to accomplish the work.
3.04 GRADING
A. Finish-grade elevations as indicated on the Drawings or otherwise required for proper completion of the Work.
B. Grade to at least a tolerance of 0.1 foot.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Soil Compaction Tests:
1. Maximum dry-density determination shall conform with ASTM D-1557.
2. Field density testing shall conform with ASTM D-556 (sand-cone method) or ASTM D-2922 (nuclear-gauge method).
B. Number and location of tests shall be at option of the Engineer and as indicated in the Geotechnical Investigation Report (A3Geo Oct-2023).
3.06 CLEANING
A. Remove debris and surplus materials from site upon completion of the Work, and dispose of in legal manner.
3.07 SUBGRADE PREPARATION
A. Subgrades beneath slabs, or pavement (including sidewalks) should be checked for the presence of soils with a Plasticity Index (PI) greater than 15, which is generally indicative of soil that is potentially expansive. Any subgrade soils with a PI greater than 15 should be over-excavated and replaced with compacted Select Fill, as indicated in the Geotechnical Investigation Report (A3Geo Oct-2023).
B. Subgrade preparation for project improvements should be according to the following:
• Fill – prior to placement of new fill, scarify to a depth of six inches, moisture condition, and re-compact to create a firm and unyielding subgrade. • Utility Trenches – bottom of trench should be firm and unyielding subgrade. Soft or yielding subgrade soils should be compacted or excavated to a depth adequate to expose firm, non-yielding materials. Alternatively, unsuitable subgrade may be replaced with CLSM or a 6-inch thick layer of 3/4-inch drain rock wrapped in filter fabric.
• Exterior Flatwork and Pavements – scarify to a depth of six inches, or the full depth of any existing shrinkage cracks, moisture condition, and re-compact to create a firm and unyielding subgrade. Where an 18-inch-thick zone of Select Fill will be placed beneath flatwork or pavement, the scarification can be omitted and instead subgrade preparation should consist of proof rolling or similar method to 587
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EARTHWORK 32 10 00 - 5
demonstrate firm and unyielding subgrade prior to placement of the Select Fill.
3.08 NEW FILL PLACEMENT
A. New fills (including General Fill and Select Fill) should be spread in lifts not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness on surfaces that are approximately level, moisture conditioned as appropriate, and compacted by mechanical means to the required levels of compaction. It is the responsibility of the contractor to select a compaction method compatible with the type of soil being placed (e.g. clayey soils may require different compaction methods than Select Fill). It is possible that fill and/or subgrade materials may be excessively wet or dry depending on the moisture content at the time of construction. If the fill soils are too wet, they may be dried by aeration or by mixing with drier materials. If the fill soils are too dry, water will need to be added. The Engineer shall observe and test, as appropriate, compaction during fill placement to verify that specified compaction and moisture conditioning requirements are met.
New fills should be firm, unyielding, and compacted to the following requirements (per ASTM D-1557 Test Methods):
• General Fill: moisture content between 2 and 5 percent over optimum and compacted to at least 90 percent relative compaction.
• Select Fill: moisture content near optimum and compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction.
• Aggregate Base: moisture content near optimum and compacted to at least 95 percent relative compaction.
For permanent fill slopes in soil, we recommend a maximum inclination of 2:1 (H:V).
When constructing permanent fill slopes, the contractor shall excavate a series of horizontal benches in competent soil approved by the Engineer as filling proceeds.
The final slopes shall be constructed as terraced fills upon a stable subgrade. Upon completion of the fill construction, the outboard face of the fill should be cut back to provide a firm, uniform slope.
3.09 UTILITIES AND TRENCH BACKFILL
A. Trench excavation bottoms should be stable and unyielding. Utility trenches should be backfilled with fill placed in lifts not exceeding 8 inches in uncompacted thickness.
Trenches should be filled by placing a granular shading layer beneath and around the pipe, and then 6 to 12 inches of shading should be carefully placed and tamped above the pipe. The remaining portion of the trench should be backfilled with as indicated in the plans. If imported granular soil is used, sufficient water should be added during the trench backfilling operations to prevent the soil from “bulking” during compaction. All compaction operations should be performed by mechanical means only. Jetting is not allowed.
The Engineer shall observe utility trench subgrade and backfilling and test compaction, as appropriate, to confirm and document that the work was performed in accordance with the specifications and the intent of the geotechnical investigation report.
588
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EARTHWORK 32 10 00 - 6
END OF SECTION 32 10 00
589
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 31 23 24 - 1
SECTION 31 23 24
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Perform all excavation, shoring, dewatering, backfilling, compaction, pavement restoration, and grading necessary or required for the construction of the work as covered by these Specifications, Geotechnical Report, and indicated in the Drawings.
The excavation shall include, without classification, the removal and disposal of all materials of whatever nature encountered, including water and all other obstructions that would interfere with the proper construction and completion of the required work.
B. Related Sections
1. Section 33 10 00 Water Utilities
2. Section 33 30 00 Site Sanitary Sewerage System
3. Section 33 40 00 Storm Drainage System
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM).
B. State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications (Standard Specifications) July 1992.
C. State of California, Department of Transportation, Manual of Test (California Test).
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit the following:
1. Samples and Test Results: Furnish, without additional cost to the Owner, such quantities of import materials as may be required by the Owner’s Representative for test purposes. Cooperate with the Owner’s Representative and furnish necessary facilities for sampling and testing of all materials and workmanship.
Submit test results for import materials. Tests shall have been performed within 60 days of submission. All material furnished and all work performed shall be subject to rigid inspection, and no material shall be delivered to the site until it has been favorably reviewed by the Owner’s Representative, or used in the construction work until it has been inspected in the field by Inspector of Record.
1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Source Quality Control: Test import materials proposed for use to demonstrate that the materials conform to the specified requirements. Tests shall be performed by an independent testing laboratory.
590
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 31 23 24 - 2
B. Field Quality Control:
1. The Owner will:
a. Review and test materials proposed for use.
b. Inspect placement and compaction of fill.
c. Test soils during placement of fill.
2. Contractor shall excavate holes for in-place soil sampling. Contractor shall be responsible for costs of additional inspection and re-resting resulting from noncompliance.
C. Testing Methods:
1. Durability Index: Manual of Test, State of California, Department of Transportation.
2. Specific Gravity: ASTM D854.
3. Laboratory Compaction: ASTM D1557, Method A or C.
4. In-Place Density: ASTM D2922.
5. Particle Size Analysis of Soils: ASTM D422.
6. Plastic Limit and Plasticity Index: ASTM D4318.
7. Soil Classification: ASTM D2487.
8. In-Place Moisture Content: ASTM D3017.
1.05 EXCAVATION AND TRENCHING
A. General Protection: Pursuant to Labor Code Sections 6705 and 6707, Contractor shall include in its base bid all costs incident to the provision of adequate sheeting, shoring, bracing or equivalent method for the protection of life and limb which shall conform to the applicable Federal and State Safety Orders.
B. Before beginning any excavation five (5) feet or more in depth, submit to the Owner's Representative a detailed plan showing the design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions to be made for worker protection from the hazard of caving ground during excavations. Comply with the Standards established by the State of California Construction Safety Orders Title 24 of the California Administrative Code. If the detailed plan varies from such shoring system Standards it shall be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer whose name and registration number shall be indicated on the Drawing. If a dispute arises as to whether the plan must be prepared by a registered civil or structural engineer, the Owner's Representative's determination of the matter shall be final and conclusive. The cost of required engineering services shall be borne by the Contractor and shall be deemed to have been included in the amount of bid for the work as stated in the Agreement.
C. Neither the review nor approval of any plan showing design of shoring, bracing, sloping or other provisions for worker protection shall relieve Contractor from his obligations to comply with Construction Safety order Standards and Title 24 CAC for design and construction of such protective work, and Contractor shall indemnify Owner and Owner's Representative from any and all claims, liability, costs, actions and a cause of action arising out of or related to the failure of such protective system. The Contractor shall defend the Owner, its officers, employees and agents and the Owner's Representative in any litigation or proceeding brought with respect to the failure of such protective systems. 591
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 31 23 24 - 3
D. The Contractor shall comply with Section 382 of the Civil Code of the State of California relating to lateral, general and sub-adjacent supports wherever structures or improvements adjacent to an excavation may be damaged by such excavation.
E. Contractors must still comply with the State of California Construction Safety Orders, Article 6 – Excavations, Trenches, Earthwork. The requirements of Article 6 apply whether the excavation, trench or earthwork is less than 5’, or 5’ or more.
F. The Contractor shall select, install and maintain shoring, sheeting, bracing, and sloping as necessary to maintain safe excavations. The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring such measures: (1) comply fully with 29 CFR Part 1926 OSHA Subpart P Excavations and Trenches requirements, (2) provide necessary support to the sides of excavations, (3) provide safe access to the Engineer’s sampling and testing within the excavation, (4) provide safe access for backfill, compaction, and compaction testings, and (5) otherwise maintain excavations in a safe manner that shall not endanger property, life, health, or the project schedule. All earthwork shall be performed in strict accordance with applicable law, including local ordinances, applicable OSHA, CalOSHA, California Civil Code, and California Department of Industrial Safety requirements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Crushed Rock: ¾-inch maximum crushed virgin drain rock with a minimum durability rating of 58.
B. Import Backfill: Class 2, ¾-inch maximum aggregate base, Standard Specifications Section 26. Paragraphs 26-1.06 and 26-1.07 are not applicable.
C. Geotextile Fabric: Mirafi FW300 or equivalent
D. Water: The water used shall be potable and free of objectionable quantities of silt, oil, organic matter, alkali, salts and other impurities. Water quality must be acceptable to the Owner’s Representative.
E. Sandy Clay Loam: Provide sandy clay loam backfill in the top 18 inches in unpaved areas, 85% compaction.
1. Sandy Clay Loam Analysis: Submit a sample of sandy clay loam proposed for use to an accredited Soils Laboratory for “agricultural suitability” analysis report, including particle size, and evaluation of physical and chemical properties of soil and recommendations for adding amendments and fertilizers to the soil.
2. Upon approval of the Laboratory’s report by the Owner’s Representative, the recommendations in the report shall become a part of the Specifications and the quantities of soil amendment, fertilizer and other additives shall be adjusted to conform with the report at no additional cost to the Owner. Request Testing Laboratory to send one copy of test results directly to Owner’s Representative.
3. Test Laboratory: Soil and Plant Laboratory, Inc. 352 Matthew Street (PO Box 153), Santa Clara, CA 95052, Tel. (408) 727-0330; or Root Zone Associates, PO Box 18911, San Jose, CA 95118, Tel. (408) 264-7024.
592
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 31 23 24 - 4
F. Controlled Density Fill (CDF):
1. Materials:
a. Cement: ASTM C150, Type II or V. A maximum of twenty (20) lbs. of cement per cubic yard.
b. Aggregate shall consist of fine aggregate, with our without coarse aggregate, with a maximum size of 1-inch, free of clay, organics, and other deleterious materials. Less than 10 percent by weight shall pass the No. 200 sieve, and materials passing the No. 40 sieve shall be nonplastic as determined in accordance with ASTM D4318.
c. Water: Potable.
d. Fly Ash: ASTM C618, Class F unless otherwise approved.
2. Mix Design:
a. Performance Requirements: The CDF shall be proportioned to be a nonsegregating, free flowing, self-consolidating, low shrink slurry. b. Mix Design Requirements: The Contractor and its supplier shall determine the materials and proportions used to meet the requirements of these Specifications. Design the mixes far enough ahead of placement to allow completion of trail mix testing and submittal of test results. The mix design(s) shall be prepared for the range of aggregate gradations that is expected to be used. The Contractor shall make daily checks of the aggregate gradation and adjust the mix design as required to meet these Specifications. c. Material Strength Requirements: The unconfirmed compressive strength at 28 days shall be 100 psi as per ASTM D4832.
G. Trench Plugs: Clayey soils as approved by the Engineer PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CONTROL OF WATER
A. All excavations shall be kept free from water and all construction shall be in the dry.
1. It should be presumed that the presence of groundwater will require dewatering operations. Furnish, install, maintain, and operate all necessary pumping and other equipment for dewatering all excavations. At all times have on the project sufficient pumping equipment for immediate use, including standby pumps for use in case other pumps become inoperable.
2. Provide a sufficient number of pumps so as to hold the groundwater level at an elevation of not less than 1 foot below the lowest elevation of the pipe, duct or other material to be placed.
3. Dispose of water in such a manner as to cause no injury or nuisance to public or private property, or be a menace to the public health.
4. The dewatering operation shall be continuous, so that the excavated areas shall be kept free from water during construction, while concrete is setting and achieves full strength, and until backfill has been placed to a sufficient height to anchor the work against possible flotation.
593
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 31 23 24 - 5
5. Continue dewatering during backfilling operations such that the groundwater is at least 1 foot below the level of the compaction effort at all times. No compaction of saturated materials will be allowed.
6. Dewatering devices must be adequately filtered to prevent the removal of fines from the soil.
7. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage to the foundations or any other parts of existing structures or of the new work caused by failure of any part of the Contractor's protective works. After temporary protective works are no longer needed for dewatering purposes, they shall be removed by the Contractor.
8. If pumping is required on a 24-hour basis, requiring engine drives, then engines shall be equipped in a manner to keep noise to a minimum.
9. Prevent disposal of sediments from the soils to adjacent lands or waterways by employing whatever methods are necessary, including settling basins and holding tanks for disposal off site
B. The Contractor shall be responsible for furnishing temporary drainage facilities to convey and dispose of surface water falling on or passing over the site.
3.02 EXISTING UTILITIES
A. General: The known existing buried utilities and pipelines except building connections are shown on the Drawings in their approximate location. The Contractor shall exercise care in avoiding damage to all utilities, as they will be held responsible for their repair if damaged. There is no guarantee that all utilities or obstructions are shown, or that locations indicated are accurate. Utilities are piping, conduits, wire, cable, ducts, manholes, pull boxes and the like.
B. Check on Locations (Potholing):
1. The Owner performed a limited investigation and has recorded those findings on the Contract Documents. The Contractor shall be responsible for all additional potholing to verify location of existing utilities as needed to complete the work indicated in the Contract Documents.
2. The Contractor shall clearly paint the location of all affected utility underground pipes, conduits and other utilities on the pavement or identify the location with suitable markers if not on pavement. In addition to the location of metallic pipes and conduits, non-metallic pipe, ducts and conduits shall also be similarly located using surface indicators and detection tape if present and shall then be similarly marked.
3. After the utility survey is completed, commence "potholing" to determine the actual location and elevation of all utilities where crossings, interferences, or connections to the new pipelines are shown on the Drawings, or indicated by surface signs.
Prior to the preparation of piping shop drawings, or the excavating for any new pipelines or structures, the Contractor shall locate and uncover these existing utilities to a point 1-foot below the utility. Submit a report identifying each underground utility and its depth and station. Any variation in the actual elevations and the indicated elevations shall be brought to the Owner’s Representative's attention.
4. Excavations around underground electrical ducts and conduits shall be performed using extreme caution to prevent injury to workmen or damage to electrical ducts 594
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 31 23 24 - 6
or conduits. Similar precautions shall be exercised around gas lines, telephone and television cables. Contractor shall be responsible for all coordination with the applicable utility agencies for work in and around existing utility mains.
5. Excavations shall have surface dimensions of no more than 18" x 18". Air spades and vacuum excavators shall be used to limit the size of excavations and damage to adjacent facilities. Backfill after completing potholing. In existing streets, repave with project typical pavement section or match existing pavement section, whichever is greater.
C. Interferences:
1. If interferences occur at locations other than shown on the Drawings, the Contractor shall notify the Owner’s Representative, and a method for correcting said interferences shall be supplied by the Owner’s Representative. Payment for interferences that are not shown on the plans, nor which may be inferred from surface indications, shall be in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions. If the Contractor does not expose all required utilities prior to shop drawing preparation, he shall not be entitled to additional compensation for work necessary to avoid interferences, nor for repair to damaged utilities.
2. Any necessary relocations of utilities, whether shown on the Drawings or not, shall be coordinated with the Owner if instructed to do so in writing from the Owner’s Representative.
D. Overhead Facilities: There may be existing overhead electric and telephone transmission lines on the site. These overhead utilities are not shown on the Drawings. Extreme caution shall be used when working in the vicinity of overhead utilities so as to prevent injury to workmen or damage to the utilities. The Contractor shall be required to comply with the applicable provisions of the California Construction Safety Orders when working anywhere on this project.
E. Existing gas, water, sewer and communications laterals are not specifically shown on the Drawings but do exist along the existing utility corridors. Protect all service laterals from damage due to construction operations. If any laterals are damaged, notify the Owner’s Representative immediately. The cost of repair shall be borne by the Contractor.
3.03 GENERAL CONSTRUCTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Site Access: Access to the site will be over public and private roads. Exercise care in the use of such roads and repair at the Contractor’s expense any damage thereto caused by Contractor’s operations. Such repair shall be to the satisfaction of the Owner or agency having jurisdiction over the road. Take whatever means are necessary to prevent tracking of mud onto existing roads and keep roads free of debris. Contractor shall provide access plan for all phases of work for approval by Owner's Representative prior to trenching operations.
B. Traffic Regulation: Provide such flagmen, lighted barricades, flares, lights, warning signs, and safety devices as may be required for control of traffic adjacent to all areas of work.
A minimum of one 12-foot-wide lane of traffic shall be kept open at all times. 595
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 31 23 24 - 7
C. Open Excavations: Provide chain link fence around all excavations left open during nonworking hours in unpaved areas. In all paved areas (walkways and fire lanes) excavations left open during non-working hours shall be covered with steel plates.
D. Access: Free access must be maintained to all fire hydrants, water valves and meters, and driveways.
E. Open Trench Limitations: The Owner’s Representative shall have the authority to limit the amount of trench to be opened or left open at any one time. In roads, excavation and pipe laying shall be coordinated to the end that a minimum of interference with public traffic will result. Trenches in streets and pathways shall be covered with trench plates at the end of each day. An open trench in existing streets shall be defined as any trench that has not been completely backfilled, satisfactorily compacted, and capped with the permanent pavement.
F. Demolition of Pavement: Where trenching or excavation occurs in paved areas, the pavement shall be scored and broken ahead of the trenching or excavation operation.
The extent of paving removed shall be limited to the minimum necessary for the excavation. The final trench repair shall have sawcut edges.
G. Dust Control: Take proper and efficient steps to control dust.
3.04 TRENCH EXCAVATION
A. There is no room on site for storing excavated material. All excavated material shall be disposed of off campus. All backfill material shall be imported.
B. Excavation to the extent shown on the drawings and under the drip line of trees shall be hand excavated to a level below the root zone of the trees – NO EXCEPTIONS.
C. Excavation for pipe and duct shall be in open cut. The trench shall be as wide as necessary for sheeting and bracing and the proper performance of the work up to the maximum width permitted by the typical cross-sections shown on the Drawings. The sides of the trenches shall be vertical in existing streets. The bottom of the trench shall be constructed to the grades and shapes indicated on the Drawings. Should the Contractor desire to use other equivalent methods, he shall submit his method of construction to the Owner’s Representative for favorable review prior to its use.
D. Take care not to overexcavate. Accurately grade the bottom of the trenches to provide uniform bearing and support for each section of the pipe at every point along its entire length, except for the portions of the pipe sections where it is necessary to excavate for bell holes and for the proper sealing of pipe joints, and as hereinafter specified. Dig bell holes and depressions for joints after the trench bottom has been graded, and, in order that the pipe rest on the bedding for as nearly its full length as practicable, bell holes and depressions shall be only of such length, depth and width as required for properly making the joint. Remove stones as necessary to avoid point bearing.
E. Backfill and compact overexcavations to 95% of its maximum dry density with Class II Aggregate Base material. Provide filter fabric (Mirafi, or equal) above, below, and on both sides of aggregate base as directed by the Owner’s Representative. There shall be no additional payment to the Contractor for overexcavations not directed by the Owner’s 596
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 31 23 24 - 8
Representative. Remove unsatisfactory material encountered below the grades shown as directed by the Owner’s Representative and replace as directed. Payment for removal and replacement of such unsatisfactory material directed by the Owner’s Representative shall be made in accordance with the provisions of the General Conditions.
F. Grade trenches so that they are uniformly sloped between the pipe elevations shown on the Drawings. Comply with the minimum and maximum trench widths shown on the Drawings. Notify the Owner’s Representative if the trench width exceeds the maximum allowable width for any reason.
G. For all piping or conduits to be placed in any excavated and backfilled area, such as at manholes or for building connections, the structural backfill shall be first compacted to a level at least 3 feet above the top of the piping or conduit elevation and then retrenched to pipe grade.
H. Provide ladders for access to the trench by construction and inspection personnel.
3.05 SAFETY BARRICADES AND LIGHTS
A. Where required for protection of workmen, public safety, or as required by State Laws, substantial barricades shall be provided for the areas where excavation, trenching, construction and demolition work are being performed. Safety Barricades shall not be used in lieu of required guardrails on temporary bridges crossing trenches, excavations or other openings. For protection of the Visually Impaired, safety barricades shall be joined together with 3” yellow Caution tape as follows:
1. Two strands of caution tape running continuous from barricade to barricade, one at the tops of the barricades and one at a height of from 4” to 12” above grade or mounting level.
2. In addition battery-operated warning lights shall be maintained on such barricades, whenever visibility is restricted, and at night.
3.06 BACKFILL AND COMPACTION
A. Place bedding and backfill materials true to the lines, grades, and cross-sections indicated on the Drawings and compacted to the degree specified on the Drawings. Place bedding and backfill materials in horizontal lifts not to exceed 8 inches in thickness measured before compaction. The difference in level on either side of a pipe or duct shall not exceed 4 inches.
B. Backfill material shall not be placed over the pipe or duct until after it has been inspected by the Owner’s Representative.
C. It shall be incumbent upon the Contractor to protect the pipe or duct from damage during the construction period. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to repair broken or damaged pipe or duct at no extra cost to the Owner. Tamping of backfill over the pipe shall be done with tampers, vibratory rollers and other machines that will not injure or disturb the pipe or duct. Carefully place backfill around and over the pipe or duct.
D. Do not allow construction traffic nor highway traffic over the pipe trench until the trench backfill has been brought back even with existing adjacent grade. 597
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 31 23 24 - 9
E. Add water to the backfill material or dry the material as necessary to obtain the optimum moisture content for the compaction shown on the Drawings or specified. If the Owner’s Representative determines that the nature of the ground in which the trench lies precludes compaction of the backfill to the specified density, the backfill shall be compacted to the maximum practicable density. Employ such means as may be necessary to secure a uniform moisture content throughout the material of each layer being compacted. After the material has been moisture conditioned, compact it with compaction equipment approved by the Owner’s Representative to achieve specified compaction. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the densities specified. Should the Contractor fail, through negligence or otherwise, to compact to specified density, or to backfill and compact to surface grade, thus permitting saturation of the backfill material from rains or from any other source, the faulty material shall be removed and replaced with approved material which shall be compacted to the specified density at optimum moisture content, and no additional payment will be made for doing such work or removal and replacement.
F. Compaction by flooding, ponding or jetting will not be permitted.
3.07 CONTROLLED DENSITY FILL (CDF)
A. Trench Backfill:
1. Contractor can choose to backfill trench with CDF in place of Class II Aggregate Base. (See trench sections on drawings.)
2. CDF shall be placed into the trench so that the CDF is placed evenly to prevent uneven loading of the pipe. CDF shall not be placed directly onto the pipe. The maximum depth of the first lift of CDF shall not allow the pipe to move or float.
Subsequent lifts of CDF shall be placed so that that pipe does not shift or float.
CDF placed in trenches with steep slopes shall be placed in lifts to prevent flotation of the pipe, and the Contractor shall install approved sand bags as needed to secure the pipe in place during placement of the CDF.
3. The maximum temperature of the CDF shall be 74°F at the time of placement. The minimum temperature of the CDF shall be 40°F at the time of placement. CDF shall be placed in lifts not exceeding 6 inches. Each lift shall be allowed to cure long enough to lose its fluid properties before placing the next lift.
3.08 SUPPORT OF EXCAVATIONS
A. Adequately support excavation for trenches and structures to meet all applicable requirements in the current rules, orders and regulations. Excavation shall be adequately shored, braced and sheeted so that the earth will not slide or settle and so that all existing structures and all new pipe and structures will be fully protected from damage. Keep vehicles, equipment and materials far enough from the excavation to prevent instability.
B. Take all necessary measures to protect excavations and adjacent improvements from running, caving, boiling, settling, or sliding soil resulting from the high groundwater table and the nature of the soil excavated. Attention is directed to Section 832 of the Civil Code of the State of California relating to lateral and subjacent supports, and wherever structures or improvements adjacent to the excavation may be damaged by such excavation, the Contractor shall comply with this law.
598
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
TRENCH EXCAVATION AND BACKFILL 31 23 24 - 10
C. The support for excavation shall remain in place until the pipeline, duct or structure has been completed. During the backfilling of the pipeline or structure, the shoring, sheeting and bracing shall be carefully removed so that there shall be no voids created and no caving, lateral movement or flowing of the subsoils.
3.09 FINISH GRADING
A. Except where shown otherwise in the Drawings, restore the finish grade to the original contours and to the original drainage patterns. Grade surfaces to drain away from structures. The finished surfaces shall be smooth and compacted.
3.10 DISPOSAL OF EXCAVATED MATERIAL
A. Dispose of all excavated material offsite in a legal manner.
END OF SECTION 31 23 24
599
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EROSION CONTROLS 31 25 13 - 1
SECTION 31 25 13
EROSION CONTROL
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Slope protection, erosion control, and shall consist of all permanent and temporary erosion control features as indicated for the purpose of preventing on-site erosion and maintaining all sediments within the project boundaries and comply with the requirements of the Contra Costa County Clean Water Program, as indicated in the plans, and as specified herein.
1.02 SCHEDULING
A. Apply erosion control features within five days after completion of all other work in each area.
B. Apply erosion control features as necessary for wet weather conditions and as directed by the Engineer.
1.03 REPLACEMENT
A. Any area in excess of 100 square feet of dead or damaged erosion control material shall be replaced.
B. The replaced erosion control shall be of the same formulation and quality as the original.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FIBER ROLLS
A. Use biodegradable fiber rolls as a perimeter control measure, along contours of slopes, around soil stockpiles, and as indicated in plans. On slopes space rolls 10 to 20 feet apart (using closer spacing on steeper slopes). Install parallel to contour. If more than one roll is used in a row overlap roll do not abut. J-hook end of roll upslope. Install rolls per either Type 1 (stake rolls into small trenches) or Type 2 (stake in front and behind roll and lash with rope). Use wildlife-friendly fiber rolls made of biodegradable natural materials. Avoid using fiber rolls made with plastic netting or fixed aperture netting. See:
http://www.coastal.ca.gov/nps/Wildlife-Friendly_Products.pdf. Manufactured linear sediment control or compost socks may be used in lieu of fiber rolls. CASQA: SE-5 (Type 1); SE-12, SE-13; or Caltrans: SC-5 (Type 1 and Type 2). 600
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EROSION CONTROLS 31 25 13 - 2
2.02 SOIL COVER
A. Cover all exposed soil with straw mulch and tackifier (or equivalent). CASQA: EC-3, EC5, EC-6, EC-7, EC-8, EC-14, and EC-16. Caltrans: SS-2, SS-4, SS-5, SS-6, SS-7, SS-8.
2.03 REVEGETATION
A. Re-vegetate areas of disturbed soil or vegetation as soon as practical. CASQA: EC-4.
Caltrans: SS-4.
2.04 DRAIN INLET PROTECTION
A. Use gravel bags, (or similar product) around drain inlets located both onsite and in gutter as a last line of defense. Bags should be made of a woven fabric resistant to photodegradation filled with 0.5-1-in washed crushed rock. Do not use sand bags or silt fence fabric for drain inlet protection. CASQA: SE-10; or. Caltrans: SC-10.
2.05 CONCRETE WASHOUT
A. As indicated in the plans, construct a lined concrete washout site away from storm drains, waterbodies, or other drainages. Ideally, place adjacent to stabilized entrance. Clean as needed and remove at end of project. CASQA: WM-8. Caltrans: WM-8.
2.06 STOCKPILE MANAGEMENT
A. Cover all stockpiles and landscape material and berm properly with fiber rolls or sand bags. Keep behind the site perimeter control and away from waterbodies. CASQA: WM3. Caltrans: WM-3.
2.07 HAZARDOUS MATERIAL MANAGEMENT
A. Hazardous materials must be kept in closed containers that are covered and within secondary containment, do not place containers directly on soil. CASQA: WM-6. Caltrans:
WM-6.
2.08 SANITARY WASTE MANAGEMENT
A. Place portable toilets near stabilized site entrance, behind the curb and away from gutters, storm drain inlets, and waterbodies. Tie or stake portable toilets to prevent tipping and equip units with overflow pan/tray (most vendors provide these). CASQA: WM-9. Caltrans:
WM-9.
2.09 LITTER AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
A. Designate waste collection areas on site. Use watertight dumpsters and trash cans; inspect for leaks. Cover at the end of each work day and when it is raining or windy.
Arrange for regular waste collection. Pick up site litter daily. CASQA: WM-5; or Caltrans:
WM-5.
601
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
EROSION CONTROLS 31 25 13 - 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 INSPECTION
A. Erosion and sedimentation controls shall be inspected immediately after each rainfall and at least daily during prolonged rainfall by the contractor. Any required repairs shall be made immediately, to the satisfaction of the Engineer.
END OF SECTION
602
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
AGGREGATE BASE 32 11 23 - 1
SECTION 32 11 23
AGGREGATE BASE
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for furnishing, spreading, and compacting aggregate base course for pavement repairs as indicated.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
ASTM D2922 Test Methods for Density of Soil and Soil-Aggregate in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
ASTM D3017 Test Method for Water Content of Soil and Rock in Place by Nuclear Methods (Shallow Depth)
B. State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Standard Specifications:
Section 17 Watering
Section 26 Aggregate Bases
C. State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Standard Test Methods:
Calif. Test 201 Method of Soil and Aggregate Sample Preparation Aggregates
Calif. Test 202 Method of Tests for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
Calif. Test 205 Method of Determining Percentage of Crushed Particles Calif. Test 216 Method of Test for Relative Compaction of Untreated and Treated Soils and Aggregates
Calif. Test 217 Method of Test for Sand Equivalent
Calif. Test 229 Method of Test for Durability Index
Calif. Test 301 Method of Test for Resistance “R” Value of Treated and Untreated Bases, Subbases and Basement Soils by the
Stabilometer
603
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
AGGREGATE BASE 32 11 23 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 AGGREGATE BASE MATERIAL
A. Class 2 aggregate base shall be free of vegetable matter and other deleterious substances. Coarse aggregate, material contained on the No. 4 sieve, shall consist of material of which 25 percent by weight shall be crushed particles as determined by California Test Method No. 205. Class 2 aggregate base shall conform to one of the following gradings, determined in accordance with California Test Method No. 202:
Percentage Passing Sieves
Sieve Sizes 3/4 inch Maximum
2 inch —
1 ½ inch —
1 inch 100
3/4 inch 90-100
No. 4 35 - 55
No. 30 10 - 30
No. 200 3 - 9
B. Class 2 aggregate base shall conform to the following additional requirements:
Tests Test Method No. Calif. Requirements
Resistance (R-Value) 301 78 min.
Sand Equivalent 217 30 min.
Tests Test Method No. Calif. Requirements
Durability Index 229 35 min.
2.02 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Submit certificate of compliance for approval prior to installation of material. 604
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
AGGREGATE BASE 32 11 23 - 3
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Call for an inspection by the Engineer and obtain written acceptance of the prepared subgrade or subbase before proceeding with the placement of aggregate base course.
B. The subgrade or subbase to receive aggregate base course, immediately prior to spreading, shall conform to the compaction and elevation tolerances indicated for the material involved and shall be free of standing water and loose or extraneous material.
3.02 INSTALLATION STANDARDS
A. Aggregate base course shall be applied over the prepared subgrade or subbase and compacted in accordance with Section 26 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Aggregate base course shall be minimum uniform thickness after compaction of dimensions indicated. Where not indicated, compacted thickness shall be six inches for driveways/sidewalks and eight inches for roadways.
C. All compaction expressed in percentages in this section refers to the maximum dry density as determined by California Test Method No. 216.
3.03 SPREADING OF MATERIAL
A. Aggregate for base course shall be delivered as uniform mixture of fine and coarse aggregate and shall be spread in layers without segregation.
B. Aggregate base course material shall be free from pockets of large and fine material.
Segregated materials shall be remixed until uniform.
C. Aggregate base material shall be moisture-conditioned to near optimum moisture content in accordance with the applicable requirements of Section 17 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
D. Aggregate base course six inches and less in thickness may be spread and compacted in one layer. For thicknesses greater than six inches, the base course aggregate shall be spread and compacted in two or more layers of uniform thickness not greater than six inches each.
3.04 COMPACTING
A. Relative compaction of each layer of compacted aggregate base material shall be not less than 95 percent as determined by California Test Method No. 216.
B. Thickness of finished base course shall not vary more than 3/4 inch from the indicated thickness at any point. Base which does not conform to this requirement shall be reshaped or reworked, watered, and recompacted to achieve compliance with specified requirements.
605
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
AGGREGATE BASE 32 11 23 - 4
C. The surface of the finished aggregate base course at any point shall not vary more than 3/4 inch above or below the indicated grade.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Perform field tests in accordance with ASTM D2922 to determine compliance with specified requirements for density and compaction of aggregate base material, and with ASTM D3017 to determine moisture-content compliance of the installed base course.
END OF SECTION
606
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 16 - 1
SECTION 32 12 16
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for providing asphaltic concrete paving as indicated.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 31 20 00 - Earthmoving
B. Section 32 11 23 - Aggregate Base
1.03 REFERENCES
A. State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Standard Specifications Section 39 Asphalt Concrete
Section 92 Asphalts
Section 93 Liquid Asphalts
Section 94 Asphaltic Emulsions
B. State of California, Department of Transportation (Caltrans), Standard Test Methods Calif. Test 202 Method of Tests for Sieve Analysis of Fine and Coarse Aggregates
Calif. Test 304 Method of Preparation of Bituminous Mixtures for Testing Calif. Test 366 Method of Test for Stabilometer Value
Calif. Test 375 Determining the In Place Density and Relative Compaction of AC Pavement
1.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect concrete pavements and walks, curbs and bases, and other improvements adjacent to the operations with suitable materials. The Contractor shall be responsible for any damage caused by the Contractor’s employees or equipment and shall make necessary repairs. Building and other surfaces shall be covered with paper or other protection, where required. All damage caused by the Contractor’s operations shall be prepared or replaced as required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
607
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 16 - 2
2.01 BASE COURSE MATERIAL
A. Class 2 Aggregate Base. Percentage composition by weight of aggregate base material shall conform to the 3/4 inch maximum grading when determined by California Test 202.
2.02 TACK COAT (VERTICAL SURFACES)
A. Tack Coat: Diluted SS-1 or SS-1h emulsion or undiluted RS-1 emulsion in conformance with Section 94 or the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
2.03 ASPHALT PAVING MATERIALS
A. Paving Asphalt: All purpose, aged residue, steam refined, PG 64-10 grade, in accordance with Section 92 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
B. Aggregate: Type A, with the grading of the combined aggregate conforming to 1/2 inch maximum size, medium grading, as specified in Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
C. Mixing Facilities: Asphalt concrete surfacing material shall be furnished from an approved commercial asphalt central mixing plant.
2.04 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL
A. Contractor shall submit Certificate of Compliance from manufacturer for approval prior to installation.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PLACING OF BASE COURSE
A. The Contractor shall call for an inspection by the Engineer and obtain written approval of the subgrade before proceeding with the base course.
B. Base course shall be minimum uniform thickness after compaction of dimensions indicated. Where not indicated, compacted thickness shall be six inches for parking stalls and eight inches for roads, driveways, and aisles of parking areas.
C. Base course shall be placed over finished subgrade and compacted in accordance with Section 32 11 23 - Aggregate Base.
D. After base course has been completed, the Contractor shall call for an inspection by the Engineer and obtain written approval before proceeding with application of the asphalt wearing surface.
3.02 PLACING ASPHALT CONCRETE
A. Areas to be paved shall be covered with a layer of hot asphalt concrete surfacing not less than the thickness indicated after compaction.
B. Paving asphaltic concrete shall be delivered, laid, rolled, and finished in accordance with Section 39 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications.
608
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 16 - 3
C. Before placing asphalt concrete, a tack coat (paint binder) shall be applied to all vertical surfaces against which asphalt concrete surfacing will be placed. Tack coat (paint binder) shall be applied in accordance with Section 39-4 of the Caltrans Standard Specifications at the rate of from 0.02 to 0.10 gallons per square yard.
D. Finish surface of the wearing course shall be thoroughly compacted, smooth, and free from ruts, humps, depressions, cold joints, or other irregularities.
E. Finish paving shall conform to slopes, lines, and finish grades indicated, and shall drain properly. Where adjacent surfaces are intended to be flush (as at concrete gutters, walks, and paving), they shall conform smoothly at all joints.
F. Ridges, indentations, and other objectionable marks left in the surface of the asphalt concrete by paving or rolling equipment shall be eliminated by rolling. The use of equipment that leaves ridges, indentations, or other objectionable marks in the asphalt concrete shall be discontinued, and other acceptable equipment shall be employed.
G. Where cold joints are indicated or necessary, cut back the placed and compacted cold asphalt a minimum of three inches with a concrete or masonry power saw, so that a vertical face of compacted full thickness material is exposed. Treat this surface with a tack coat before proceeding with the placement of new asphaltic concrete surfacing.
H. Finish paving shall conform to finish elevations within plus or minus 0.01 of a foot and shall be level to within plus or minus 1/4 inch in 10 feet when measured with a 10 foot straightedge in any direction.
3.03 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. The Contractor shall control the quality of the work and shall provide adequate testing to assure compliance with these Specifications.
B. After completion of paving work, all paving shall be flooded with water, and any resulting “ponds” shall be ringed with chalk. Such hollows shall be corrected with addition of asphalt paving materials and rerolling until all paving is completely level and free from hollows and high spots.
C. The Engineer shall perform in-place density and compaction tests of the completed pavement in accordance with California Test 375 to determine compliance with specified requirements. Test shall be performed as directed by the Engineer.
3.04 MAINTENANCE OF PAVEMENT
A. Upon completion of final rolling, traffic shall not be permitted on the finished pavement for at least six hours, and until the asphalt concrete has cooled sufficiently to withstand traffic without being deformed.
B. Finished pavement shall be maintained in finished clean condition until the work is accepted by the Owner.
END OF SECTION
609
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
ASPHALTIC CONCRETE PAVING 32 12 16 - 4
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
610
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 1
SECTION 32 13 13
CONCRETE PAVING
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Portland cement concrete and accessory items for concrete curbs, gutters, ramps, and site walkway, as indicated.
1.02 RELATED WORK
A. Section 31 20 00 – Earthwork
B. Section 31 23 24 – Trench Excavation and Backfill
C. Section 32 11 23 - Aggregate Base Course
D. Section 33 10 00 – Water Utilities
E. Section 33 33 00 - Site Sanitary Sewerage System
F. Section 33 40 00 – Storm Drainage System
1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Comply with all applicable local, state, and federal requirements regarding materials, methods of work, and disposal of excess and waste materials.
B. Construct concrete surfaces within 1/4 inch of the indicated elevation, and deviating not more than 1/8 inch from a 10 foot straightedge placed anywhere on the surface.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. Submit concrete mix designs for approval for each class of concretes specified herein.
Provide sources of cement and aggregates. Provide manufacturer’s data sheets for all admixtures used. Provide certification that aggregates do not contain reactive silica materials. Provide break histories of submitted mixes.
B. Submit manufacturer’s data sheets, product samples, and installation instructions for sealants and expansion joint filler materials.
C. Submit curing method and manufacturer’s data sheets and instructions for curing products for approval if applicable.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
611
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 2
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Unless specified otherwise, provide Class of Concrete specified herein:
1. Mix Design for non-traffic rated /pedestrian areas (includes bioretention retaining wall):
a. Strength of concrete in place shall be 3,000 psi at 28 days b. Provide air-entrainment of three percent (± one percent) with admixture conforming to ASTM C260.
c. Nominal size of large aggregate shall be 1”
d. Minimum total cement content shall be 520 pounds per cubic yard of concrete e. Type F Fly Ash shall be substituted for cement at the rate of 15% by dry weight per cubic yard of concrete
2. Mix Design for areas subject to vehicular traffic:
a. Strength of concrete in place shall be 4,000 psi at 28 days b. Provide air-entrainment of three percent (± one percent) with admixture conforming to ASTM C260.
c. Nominal size of large aggregate shall be 1”
d. Minimum total cement content shall be 600 pounds per cubic yard of concrete e. Type F Fly Ash shall be substituted for cement at the rate of 15% by dry weight per cubic yard of concrete.
3. Foundation for stage (see plan sheet S102)
B. Reinforcing Steel:
1. Bar reinforcement to be ASTM A615, Grade 60 except for Grade 40 KSI for #3 stirrup/tie, as indicated in the plans.
C. Dowels:
1. Smooth round bars conforming to ASTM A615, Grade 60; or ASTM A36, of size indicated on the drawings. Grease one end to prevent bond.
D. Wire Mesh:
1. Wire mesh shall confirm with ASTM A185-64
E. Concrete Color:
1. As indicated in the landscape plans
F. Joints
612
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 3
1. Expansion joints incorporating premolded joint fillers for fixed form concrete surface improvements shall be constructed at sixteen (16) foot intervals or as appropriate to match existing pattern and at the ends of curb returns. Expansion joint filler strip shall be an approved one piece premolded ½” thick strip conforming to the requirements of ASTM Designation D1751 or ASTM D 994. Place top of joint filler as indicated in plans. Expansion joint material shall be shaped to fit the cross section of the concrete prior to being placed.
2. Single-Component, Self-Leveling, Silicone Joint Sealant for Concrete: Joint sealant shall conform to ASTM D 5893, Type SL. Install per manufacturer’s guidelines.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FINISH
A. Provide finish as indicated in the landscape plans. Where finish is not indicated in plans use light sandblast or as approved by the Engineer.
B. Trowel the face of curb smooth to a depth of not less than two inches below the flow line, or the flow line of integral curb and gutter, and finish with a steel trowel, all immediately after removal of front curb forms.
3.02 PREPARATION OF SUBGRADE
A. Excavate for, prepare, and compact the subgrade as specified in the plans and geotechnical report.
B. Test completed subgrade for correct grade and cross section by means of template supported on side forms.
C. Install aggregate base where required.
D. Dampen subgrade and forms just before placing concrete.
3.03 TYPE OF CONSTRUCTION
A. Provide cast-in-place concrete construction, plain or reinforced as indicated. Site concrete shall be formed accurately to indicate section profile with template screed.
B. Provide concrete paving as indicated. Install joints as shown on the drawings.
3.04 JOINTS
A. Expansion/Isolation Joints:
1. Construct 3/8 inch thick expansion/isolation joints as indicated in the landscape plans.
2. Expansion joint filler material shall extend to the full depth of the cross section at the point of contact excepting the depth necessary for sealant on top of the expansion joints.
613
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CONCRETE PAVING 32 13 13 - 4
B. Control Joints:
1. Pedestrian and Vehicular Concrete Paving: Construct contraction/control joints in locations indicated on the drawings.
C. Edge Tooling:
1. Where indicated joints shall be edge-tooled with a tool having 1/4 inch radius for pedestrian concrete and 3/8 inch radius for vehicular concrete, leaving joints free of mortar and concrete. In preformed type joints, leave joint filler material exposed for full length of joint with clean and true edges excepting the depth necessary for sealant.
3.05 FORM REMOVAL
A. Remove front curb forms not less than two or more than six hours after placing concrete, but in no case while the concrete is still plastic enough to slump.
B. Remove other forms not less than 12 hours after finishing is completed.
3.06 TESTING
A. Slump tests shall be performed by the General Contractor in the presence of the Engineer at the beginning of each day's pour and at such additional times as required by the District.
Slump tests shall be made in accordance with current ASTM Designation C-143 or California Test Method No. 520 at the Engineer’s discretion.
B. The Contractor shall hire an accredited materials testing laboratory to perform Quality Control tasks, including slump tests and compressive strength (per ASTM C39/C39M) tests. The Contractor shall sample and test three (3) cylinders at each of the following locations, or as directed by the Engineer:
• Pedestrian Concrete Pathway (1) location to be determined by the Engineer • Vehicular Concrete Pathway (1) location to be determined by the Engineer • Site Retaining Wall (1) location to be determined by the Engineer C. The Engineer shall inspect and approve formwork and reinforcing steel placement prior to concrete pours. The General Contractor shall provide at least 24 hours’ notice that inspections are required.
END OF SECTION 32 13 13
614
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 1
DOCUMENT 32 14 44
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 DESCRIPTION
A. This Section includes all services, labor, materials, transportation, and equipment necessary to perform the Work indicated on the Contract Drawings and specified herein this Section, as required to properly constructing a universally accessible decomposed granite paving on a prepared subgrade, and includes the following:
(1) Stabilized Decomposed Granite Pathways
B. Work specified in Related Sections include:
(1) Section 02 41 00 “Demolition”
(2) Document 31 20 00 “Earthwork”
(3) Document 32 10 16 “Asphalt Paving”
(4) Document 31 23 33 “Trenching, Backfilling, And Compacting”
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTMC136-SieveAnalysisofFineandCoarseAggregates
B. ASTMD2419-SandEquivalentValueofSoilsandFineAggregates C. Caltrans Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction
1.03 SEQUENCING
A. Do not install work specified in this section prior to acceptance of earthmoving.
Coordinate work specified in this section with work specified in other sections to minimize cutting of – and operation of – heavy equipment over newly-installed surfacing.
1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data:
(1) Manufacturer’s product data sheet and installation instructions indicating that product complies with specifications for crushed aggregate blended with GraniteCrete admixture surfacing
B. Samples for Verification: For each of the following
615
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 2
(1) 1 quart sample of stabilized crushed aggregate paving.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. GraniteCrete installation differs from the installation of concrete or traditional decomposed granite binders. To achieve an excellent result, it is recommended that the installer be trained by a GraniteCrete Representative. (1) GraniteCrete Approved Installers can be found on the following website:
https://www.granitecrete.com/installers/
(2) GraniteCrete recommends that a GraniteCrete representative be on-site at the beginning of any installation to train the crew in the procedures for achieving an excellent GraniteCrete installation. GraniteCrete is not able to be present for the entire installation. However, GraniteCrete does offer paid consulting services if presence at the entire installation is desired, or required (minimum four hours, plus travel).
(3) GraniteCrete offers up to three hours of free consulting and training for all new installers.
(4) The installation instructions in this Specification Guide are meant as a guide for bidding purposes and will be superseded by the approved Submittal of installation instructions from GraniteCrete, Inc., and any field direction provided by the company representative.
(5) GraniteCrete, Inc. does not offer a warranty on any installation - even if completed by an Approved Installer - only on the product, bag-to-bag.
B. Porous Base Rock Testing
(1) Testing shall occur during installation. Results shall be submitted prior to completion of the stone base installation.
(a) The stone field area shall have a permeable rate no less than 14” per hour. The testing shall be per Din 8035 Part 7, ASTM 2434 (constant head), or ASTM F2898 testing methods.
(b) In addition to the lab testing, after installation of any aggregate base cross-section, designed to conduct rainfall to the sub-soils and/or under-drain system, the finished aggregate base shall be tested, in situ for infiltration rate, using method ASTM F2898. The test shall be performed by a registered Geotechnical Engineer or certified agronomist.
(2) The Contractor is responsible to meet this performance specification, before proceeding with installation, and shall bear the cost of the on-site testing and the cost of any additional work necessary to achieve compliance with the specification.
616
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 3
(3) All test results shall be logged and documented by the Owner's Technical Representative or Geotechnical Engineer. If at any time the processed stone base does not meet specifications, it shall be the Contractor's responsibility to restore, at his expense, the processed stone base to the required grade, cross-section and density.
(4) After the contractor has independently confirmed compliance with all the above tolerances (planarity and elevation verified by a licensed surveyor and compaction, gradation, & permeability verified by Geotechnical Engineer, they shall notify the appropriate party and schedule a final inspection for approval. The contractor shall make available an orbital laser system to the Inspection Team for the inspection process. (5) The compaction rate for porous base rock should be 88%. The compaction rate for non-porous base rock should be 95%.
C. Standard Specifications: Shall mean the California Department of Transportation Standard Specifications, latest active edition.
1.06 MOCK-UP
A. Construct mockup of 16 square feet minimum of crushed aggregate blended with GraniteCrete admixture surfacing, including base course at location approved by Owner's Representative. Build mockup 10 days prior to installation. Intent of the mockup is to demonstrate surface finish, texture, color and standard of workmanship
B. Notify Owner's Representative 5 days in advance of mockup construction.
C. Allow Owner's Representative to view and obtain approval of mock-up before proceeding with rest of crushed aggregate blended with GraniteCrete admixture surfacing.
D. Approved mock-up may remain as first in place construction.
1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver all GraniteCrete Admixture materials in original, unopened packaging.
Protect materials and aggregate from contamination with foreign matter. Store under a waterproof cover and protect from dampness.
1.08 1.7 FIELD CONDITIONS
A. Do not install crushed aggregate blended with GraniteCrete admixture surfacing when the sub-base is wet at saturated field capacity.
B. Do not install GraniteCrete materials during rainy conditions or below 40 degrees Fahrenheit.
C. Ensure that the subgrade and base are properly graded and compacted to required specifications.
617
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 4
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 CRUSHED AGGREGATE BLENDED WITH GRANITECRETE ADMIXTURE SURFACING MATERIALS.
A. Acceptance Manufacturer:
(1) Specification is based on products by GraniteCrete, Inc. 419 Webster Street, Suite 202
Monterey, CA 93940
Phone: (800) 670-0849; Fax: (800) 670-0849
www.granitecrete.com
GraniteCrete admixture is an all-natural product and does not contain oils, polymers, resins, or enzymes.
(2) Substitutions: Products by other manufacturers that comply with specifications will be considered .
B. Decomposed Granite (DG), crushed aggregate
(1) DG shall have a 3/8” maximum gradation, produced from naturally friable rock/granite with enough fines to produce a smooth walking surface.
Materials should be free from clay lumps, organic matter, and deleterious material. Blends of coarse sand and rock dust are not acceptable. (2) Use a single supply source for the entire quantity required. (3) Gradation, in accordance with ASTM C136.
(4) Color: Should have gold to yellow hues. To be selected by Landscape Architect from manufacturer’s standard colors.
(5) Supplier: Vineyard Rock Products, Hollister, CA. - (831) 637-6443 or equal.
(6) Aggregate binder: Provide GraniteCrete Admixture. Color: See plans.
2.02 BASE COURSE MATERIAL
A. Class II Permeable Base Rock.
B. Soft stone materials (i.e. sandstone, limestone and shale materials) are not suitable. Stone supplier shall certify that all supplied stone will be clean of this type of stone. All types of stone shall meet the following stability requirements.
Test Method Criteria
LA Abrasion (Calif. Test 211) Not to exceed 40
Durability Index (Calif. Test
229) Not to exceed 40
618
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 5
In addition, if stone stability to water and vehicles is in question, Owner has the right to perform additional testing to ensure material shall adhere to requirements of Caltrans Section 68, as well as additional applicable ASTM tests.
C. All testing fees shall be paid for by the Contractor.
D. Permeable Stone: Stone base materials shall be washed, 100% fractured, by mechanical means, with elongated characters on each individual particle larger than 1/4”. Materials shall be devoid of mineral fines. All particles smaller than 1/4” shall be produced by manufactured means only. Rounded sands or aggregates are prohibited.
E. Delivery Moisture Content: Processed stone shall contain 90% to 110% of the optimum moisture content to ensure that fines do not migrate in transit or during placement and to facilitate proper compaction. The contractor shall ensure that aggregate leaving the source plant meets this requirement. The contractor is required to apply water to the processed stone on site to attain and maintain this minimum moisture content.
F. Aggregate or aggregate blends of permeable stone shall conform to the following gradation (please note this is for base rock, not for GraniteCrete):
Sieve Sieve Size (mm)
Percent Passing by
Weight*
Intended Result Range
1” 25.0 100% 100%
3/4” 19.0 100% 90%-100%
3/8” 9.52 78% 40%-100%
4 4.75 36% 25%-40%
8 2.36 26% 18%-33%
30 0.6 11% 5% - 15%
50 0.3 6% 2%-10%
200 0.075 2% 0%-5%
Durability Index (CTM# 229) 40 min
Sand Equivalent (CTM# 217) 70
LA Rattler (CTM# 211) 500 Revs, less than or = 40%
* AASHTO Test Method T-27
G. Specs for ⅜” minus and ¾” minus Crushed Aggregate Following ASTM D 1140- 17: Crushed aggregate must be free from contaminants that would discolor or be deleterious to crushed aggregate blended with GraniteCrete admixture surfacing. 100% fractured on all sides with no rounded particles Sieve 200 - Non-expansive Clay Fines - not to exceed 18%
The below test is for ⅜” minus stone, at approximately 90% compaction when tested.
619
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 6
Sieve
Percent Passing
Sieve Ranges
1/2" 100%
3/8” 95%-98%
4 85%-90%
8 75%-85%
16 55%-70%
30 38%-57%
50 24%-33%
100 15%-24%
200 9%-18%
400 0%-9%
2.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Water: Free from contaminants that would discolor or be deleterious to crushed aggregate blended with GraniteCrete admixture surfacing.
B. Installation: Do not use a vibratory plate to compact the GraniteCrete. Use a lawn roller filled with water to compact the GraniteCrete. It is highly recommended to use a volumetric truck for larger installations. If possible, screeding and the use of a paver is highly recommended.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine grading and subsoil conditions. Do not proceed until conditions are acceptable per the architect’s specifications.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. Excavation: Excavate to depth required so edges of crushed aggregate blended with GraniteCrete admixture surfacing will match adjacent grades and have a maximum cross slope of 1 percent.
B. Sub-grade Preparation: Comply with Caltrans Standard Specifications Section 301-1 – “Sub-grade Preparation.”
C. Base Course Installation: Class II permeable base rock at 90% compaction.
3.03 INSTALLATION: There are two installation methods for GraniteCrete: “Dry” and “Wet.”
A. The dry method is for installations up to 6,000 square feet.
3.04 GRANITECRETE INSTALLATION – GENERAL
A. Mixing method:
620
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 7
(1) Installations 500 square feet and over up to 6,000 square feet, must be delivered pre-mixed to the site from a GraniteCrete Inc. approved pre-mix facility. Approved retailers and pre-mix facilities can be found on the company website www.granitecrete.com.
B. The following installation instructions have been developed to help ensure a blemish-free, high-quality installation. While GraniteCrete looks similar to concrete, the installation of GraniteCrete follows a different procedure. For best results, follow the instructions below carefully. For assistance, contact GraniteCrete, Inc. at [email protected].
(1) Installation Depth (also known as “lift”). For commercial/non-vehicular applications – such as pedestrian walkways, bicycle paths, and patios – GraniteCrete is installed as a 3-inch thick layer (lift) over a 4-inch subgrade of base rock. Compaction rates for all applications are 88%– 92%.
GraniteCrete compacts approximately 25%, or ¼” per 1” of lift. (2) Mixing Ratios: GraniteCrete: Commercial/Non-Vehicular Application - (3 bag mixture) The ratio for commercial applications is 12.5:1 (12.5 units of decomposed granite to 1 unit of GraniteCrete, measured in volume). See the GraniteCrete Math Sheet for further details.
(3) Installation Instructions - “Dry” Method
(a) Class II Base Rock: Moisten and compact base rock on the entire installation area to an even depth of 4-inch. A vibratory plate can be used to compact the base rock; it should not be used to compact the GraniteCrete.
(b) GraniteCrete: Wheelbarrow the prepared GraniteCrete/DG mixture to the installation site and place a layer of the mixture to one-half of the desired final lift. Be sure to spread the mixture out before proceeding to step 3; this will ensure the mixture is moistened and mixed thoroughly.
(c) Moisten the material with a hose end trigger sprayer attachment, avoiding puddling - oversaturation is detrimental and will negatively affect the integrity of the finished product. Rake area lightly to evenly distribute water throughout the mix or "lift".
Walking on the area is perfectly acceptable; initial compaction can be performed by walking on the edges and corners.
(d) Add dry-mixed material as needed to get to your desired grade.
Repeat step c.
(e) Proper moisture content can be checked by clenching your fist around the GraniteCrete, when the mixture just stays together and the color just starts to transfer to your hand, GraniteCrete is ready to compact.
621
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 8
(f) Compaction: After proper moisture is achieved for compaction, hand tamp (with a 10” hand tamp) around benches, sign posts, corners, boulders, et cetera. Pay particular attention to corners and edges to ensure tight compaction.
(g) Make several passes with a 36” lawn roller (filled with water).
Compact until there are no visible marks from compaction. Hand tamp out any imperfections with a 6” wooden masonry float. Pay particular attention to ensure accuracy in grading.
(h) Make sure to keep your 10” hand tamp, lawn roller, and wooden floats clean at all times. Fill in any divots with fresh, loose material (removing any larger stone) and hand tamp with the wooden floats to match the existing finish.
(i) When laying GraniteCrete in batches, be sure to use the cold joint method below to ensure a blemish-free installation.
(j) Finishing: If desired, lightly sweep the finished surface in a perpendicular pattern with a medium-bristled push broom. Then make several passes with the lawn roller until the desired surface texture is achieved. Make sure to keep the drum clean at all times.
Remove spoils off the surface.
(k) Do not allow GraniteCrete to dry during installation. Mist lightly with a hose end spray head as necessary or cover with a plastic tarp.
(l) The final step for a GraniteCrete installation is a dampening with water of all newly-installed and compacted GraniteCrete materials.
Using a shower head/spray hose attachment, moisten the entire newly-installed GraniteCrete area - avoid puddling. For best results, moisten all newly-installed GraniteCrete paving a second time the following 1 to 5 days, as practical. Slow curing of GraniteCrete is important to avoid cracking.
Make sure there is no direct application of uncontrolled water (e.g. irrigation or sprinkler water) prior to final curing.
(m) You may walk on GraniteCrete immediately after installation.
However, like concrete, GraniteCrete gets stronger with time.
Ideally, traffic should stay off the newly-installed GraniteCrete areas for a minimum of 48 hours.
Newly installed GraniteCrete paving surfaces are fully cured in 28 days. At that time, the entire surface should be blown or swept off to eliminate loose surface materials. Minor cracking may take place. However, over time, the aggregate fines will fill in the minor cracks and they should disappear. Occasional blowing off of the surface will help to minimize loose surface materials.
622
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 9
(4) Cold Joint Methods. Cold joints can be used at the end of the work day. (a) Method One:
1) “Between pours,” stop at an area that makes the joint location look intentional. Take a chalk snap line just back from loose GraniteCrete into the compacted area and
create a chalk line. Use either a masonry blade - or a
square-nose shovel - and cut a straight line across the installation.
2) Continue with installation: Dampen the prior installation area. Place newly mixed GraniteCrete into the area, being careful not to overlap existing compacted material. Place a three foot length of 2"x4" carefully along the edge of the new pour and compact by hitting/tapping the board with a single jack. Then, take a medium-bristled push broom and very lightly "feather" the two pours together.
(b) Method Two:
1) Place a 2”X4” or 2”X6” piece of wood across the
installation, loosely stake it, and finish compacting the material. Leave the board in place overnight.
2) The next day, carefully lift the wood up and away from the installed GraniteCrete. Continue the installation process as per step 2 under Method One, making sure to dampen the
prior installation area.
3.05 Important Notes:
A. Do not allow GraniteCrete to dry during installation. Mist lightly with a hose end spray head as necessary - avoid puddling - or cover with plastic tarp.
B. Non-compacted - or poorly-compacted - GraniteCrete top layer will result in loose and pebbled materials. Edge and corner compaction may require special attention with a hand tamp during installation.
C. Non-compacted - or poorly-compacted - base rock may result in failure of the top layer of GraniteCrete.
D. Squeeze the mixture in your fist and open your hand. When the color has just started to transfer onto your hand and the mixture just begins to stay together in a clump, it’s ready for installation. Excessive moisture level may result in “sticky” materials complicating the quality of the finish surface or proper compaction – if you squeeze the mixture and water oozes out, it is too damp. If the material is too wet, it may be placed on the bottom of the installation, with material that has a better moisture content on top.
623
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 10
E. Aggregate/decomposed granite materials should meet the sieve specifications in this Specification Guide and be free of contaminants.
F. Surface shall follow the overall contours of the landscape. Flat areas shall be crowned for drainage.
G. Saw cut expansion joints every 5’ in narrower paths, every 12’ in wider paths, and at every engineered stress area. Wait 48 hours before cutting.
H. Cover finished surface, when practical, to achieve maximum curing period.
I. Completed, finished surface shall be of consistent quality and free of deleterious materials such as organic materials, nails, stones, and loose material. Surface shall not have depressions or humps greater than 1/4 inch in ten feet. Cold joints, if any, should be inconspicuous.
J. Pay particular attention to ensure accuracy in grading.
3.06 CURING PERIOD / PROTECTION
A. Do not allow traffic on crushed aggregate blended with GraniteCrete admixture surfacing for a minimum of 48 hours after placement or until compacted crushed aggregate blended with GraniteCrete admixture surfacing has fully cured.
B. Protect crushed aggregate blended with GraniteCrete admixture surfacing from damage until project completion. Repair damaged areas to match specified requirements.
3.07 MAINTENANCE & REPAIRS
A. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations.
B. Maintenance: Depending on the end user's desired finish surface, maintenance may require occasional blowing off or brooming of paved surface - DO NOT use a pressure washer to clean GraniteCrete. Depending on quality of compaction at time of installation, a thin veneer of loose aggregate material is typical after the full 28 days cure period. If cracking appears in a GraniteCrete surface, broom loose aggregate “fines” into cracks and compact with a rubber mallet.
C. Repair: When repairing GraniteCrete it is important to use the original aggregate/decomposed granite and the original GraniteCrete Admixture color to match previously installed materials. If the paved surface has large areas of raveled material (loose aggregate/decomposed granite) the initial installation may not have been properly compacted, or blended materials did not have optimum moisture content during installation. GraniteCrete must not be allowed to dry prior to final compaction. The following are suggestions for repair of raveled materials:
(1) For large loose/raveled areas, a minimum of 2 inches of GraniteCrete can be saw-cut at agreed length, removed, and re-installed. Repeat the installation steps.
624
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STABILIZED DECOMPOSED GRANITE 32 14 44 - 11
(2) In areas that collapse/fail due to equipment weight, re-form and re-install with original materials as per specifications.
(3) Minor Crack Repair - With Sand Mixture: Use a fine mesh sand - typically sold as “playground sand” or “play sand.” Mix the sand and GraniteCrete together as though the sand is decomposed granite (use the same ratio as was used for the GraniteCrete installation). This will create a dry mix, similar to polymeric sand. Apply the sand mixture down into the crack using the appropriate tool (trowel, shovel, broom, et cetera). Fill the crack ¾ of the way to the top grade. Usually at the point post-installation that cracks begin to be seen, you will also see loose material on top. Sweep that loose material into the remaining ¼ top of the void. Try to not leave any sand mixture/patch material on the top of the installation - you want it as clean as possible; you can use a blower to help remove the sand mixture. Once the surface is clear of patch material, carefully wet the material. The cracks should virtually disappear.
END OF SECTION 32 14 44
625
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 32 18 16 - 1
DOCUMENT 32 18 16
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and Part I – General Provisions of the Special Provisions of the Contract Book, including APWA-AGC Standard Specifications of Public Works Construction, 2012 Edition (hereinafter referred to as the Standard Specifications) apply to this section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
(1) Unitary, seamless surfacing.
(2) Engineered Wood Fiber and Underlayment System
B. Related Sections:
(1) Section 31 00 00 "Earthwork"
(2) Section 11 68 13 “Playground Equipment”
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. Definitions in ASTM F2223 apply to Work of this Section.
B. Critical Height: Standard measure of shock attenuation according to ASTM F2223; same as "critical fall height" in ASTM F1292. According to ASTM F1292, this approximates "the maximum fall height from which a lifethreatening head injury would not be expected to occur." C. SBR: Styrene-butadiene rubber.
D. Unitary Surfacing: A protective surfacing of one or more material components bound together to form a continuous surface; same as "unitary system" in ASTM F2223.
1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Provide a playground surfacing system which has been designed, manufactured and installed to meet the following criteria:
(1) Impact Attenuation: According to ASTM F 1292.
(a) Gmax: less than 200.
626
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 32 18 16 - 2
(b) Head injury Criteria: Less than 1000.
(2) Accessibility of Surface Systems: According to ASTM F 1951: comply.
1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For Installer
B. Installers are required to possess California Contracting Specialty License #C61- D12. Submit a proof of qualification and a listing of at least five (5) installations where products similar to those proposed for use have been installed and have been in successful service for a minimum period of three (3) years. This list shall include agency contact, ; address of installation; service or maintenance organization; date of installation; contact person and phone number.
C. Retain "Material Certificates" Paragraph below to require submittal of material certificates from manufacturers.
D. Material Certificates: For each type of loose-fill surfacing.
E. Retain "Product Certificates" Paragraph below to require submittal of product certificates from manufacturers.
F. Retain "Field quality-control reports" Paragraph below if Contractor is responsible for field quality-control testing.
G. Field quality-control reports.
H. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty.
1.06 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer’s product data and installation instructions for organic loose-fill surfacing.
B. Samples for Verification: Unitary, Seamless Surfacing: Minimum 6 by 6 inches (150 by 150 mm).
C. Maintenance instructions: Submit manufacturer’s maintenance and cleaning instructions.
D. Warranty: Submit manufacturer’s standard warranty.
1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Utilize and installer approved and trained by the manufacturer of the playground surfacing system, having experience with other projects for the scope and scale of the work described in this section.
B. Certification: Certification by manufacturer that installer is an approved applicator of the playground surface system.
627
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 32 18 16 - 3
C. International Play Equipment Manufacturers Association (IPEMA) certified.
D. Standards and Guidelines: Comply with CPSC No. 325, "Handbook for Public Playground Safety"; ASTM F 1292; and ASTM F 1487.
1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Comply with Product Requirement Section.
1.09 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Weather Limitations: Install surfacing system when minimum ambient temperature is 40 degrees F and maximum ambient temperature is 90 degrees F. Do not install in steady or heavy rain. Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit playground surface system installation to be performed according to manufacturers' written instructions and warranty requirements.
1.10 REFERENCES
A. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM):
(1) ASTM D412 Standard Test Methods for Vulcanized Rubber and thermoplastic Rubbers and Thermoplastic Elastomers-Tensions. (2) ASTM D624 Standard Test Method for Tear Strength of Conventional Vulcanized Rubber and Thermoplastic Elastomers-Tension. (3) ASTM D2047 Standard Test Method for Static Coefficient of Friction of Polish- Coated Floor Surfaces as measured by the James Machine. (4) ASTM D2859 Standard Test Method for Flammability of Finished Textile Floor Covering Materials.
(5) ASTM E303 Standard Test Method for Measuring Surface Frictional proper ties Using the British Pendulum Tester.
(6) ASTM F1292 Standard Specification for Impact Attenuation of Surface Systems under and Around Playground Equipment.
1.11 WARRANTY
A. Warranty: Manufacturer's standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of playground surface system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.
(1) Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:
(a) Reduction in impact attenuation.
(b) Deterioration of surface and other materials beyond normal weathering.
628
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 32 18 16 - 4
B. Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion for Extreme- 10.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Impact Attenuation: Critical fall height tested according to ASTM F1292.
B. Accessibility Standard: Minimum surfacing performance according to ASTM F1951.
2.02 UNITARY SEAMLESS SURFACING - SYNTHETIC SAFETY SURFACING A. Description: Manufacturer’s standard, site-mixed and applied, two-layer material with wearing layer over cushioning layer, with combined, overall thickness as required, tested for impact attenuation according to ASTM F1292 and for accessibility according to ASTM F1951.
(1) Manufacturer: Tot Turf
(2) Product: Tot Turf Supreme
(3) Provided by: Tot Turf. 1-408-246-0671.
(4) Wearing Layer: Formulation of EPDM rubber particles, binder, and other organic or inorganic components.
(5) Cushioning Layer: Formulation of SBR particles and binder. (6) Binder: Weather-resistant, UV-stabilized, flexible, nonhardening, 100 percent solids polyurethane.
(7) Critical Height: Per equipment requirements.
(8) Overall thickness: Not less than as required for critical height indicated. (9) Wearing Layer Colors: As indicated on drawings.
(10) Surface to be stable, firm, and slip-resistant.
2.03 ENGINEERED WOOD FIBER (EWF)
A. Engineered Wood Fiber: ASTM F2075; containing no bark, leaves, twigs, or foreign or toxic materials; tested for accessibility according to ASTM F1951. (1) Critical Height: Per equipment requirements.
2.04 WOOD FIBER FELT UNDERLAYMENT
A. Fibar Felt Geotextile: 100% Nonwoven, needle-punched geotextile, manufactured for subsurface drainage applications and made from polyolefins or polyesters; complying with ASTM D 4759 and referenced standard test methods. 629
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 32 18 16 - 5
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content, subgrade and substrate conditions, drainage, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work. (1) Verify that substrates are sound and without high spots, ridges, holes and depressions.
B. Proper drainage is critical to the longevity of the surfacing system. Inadequate drainage will cause premature breakdown of the poured system in affected areas: and void the warranty.
C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION
A. General: Prepare substrates to receive surfacing products according to playground surface system manufacturer's written instructions. Verify that substrates are sound and without high spots, ridges, holes, and depressions.
3.03 INSTALLATION GENERAL
A. General: Comply with playground surface system manufacturer's written installation instructions and recommendations. Install playground surface system over area and in thickness indicated.
B. Do not proceed with playground surfacing installation until all applicable site work, including substrate preparation, fencing, playground equipment installation and other relevant work, has been completed.
3.04 INSTALLATION OF SEAMLESS SURFACING
A. Mix and apply components of seamless surfacing according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce uniform, monolithic, and impact-attenuating protective surfacing of required overall thickness.
(1) Substrate Primer: Apply over prepared substrate at manufacturer's standard spreading rate for type of substrate.
(2) Poured Cushioning Layer: Spread evenly over primed substrate to form a uniform layer applied at manufacturer's standard spreading rate in one continuous operation, with a minimum of cold joints.
(3) Intercoat Primer: Over cured cushioning layer, apply primer at manufacturer's standard spreading rate.
(4) Wearing Layer: Spread over primed base course to form a uniform layer applied at manufacturer's standard spreading rate in one continuous 630
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 32 18 16 - 6
operation and, except where color changes, with no cold joints. Finish surface to produce manufacturer's standard wearing-surface texture. (5) Edge Treatment: As indicated on Drawings. Fully adhere edges to substrate with full coverage of substrate. Maintain fully cushioned thickness required to comply with performance requirements.
3.05 INSTALLATION OF LOOSE-FILL SURFACING
A. Loose-Fill Retainment: install prior to EWF installation as noted on Plans B. Loose Fill: Place playground surface system materials including manufacturer's standard amount of excess material for accommodating natural and/or mechanical compaction.to required depths after installation of playground equipment and site furnishings, support posts, and foundations.
C. Apply components of loose-fill surfacing according to manufacturer's written instructions to produce a uniform surface.
D. Retain "Edging" Paragraph below if loose-fill containment edging is required.
E. Edging: Place and permanently secure edging in place, and attach units to each other.
F. Retain one of two options in "Loose Fill" Paragraph below to specify manufacturer's recommended material quantity with an allowance for material compaction.
G. Retain option in "Stabilizing Mats" Paragraph below if loose-fill material is to be compacted by mechanical means.
H. Grading: Uniformly grade loose fill to an even surface free from irregularities.
I. Retain "Compaction" Paragraph below for compaction by mechanical means.
J. Compaction: After initial grading, mechanically compact loose fill before finish grading.
K. Finish Grading: Hand rake to a uniformly smooth finished surface and to required elevations.
3.06 WOOD FIBER FELT UNDERLAYMENT
A. Install per Plans and manufacturers details, specifications, and written installation instructions.
3.07 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Testing Agency: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
631
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLAYGROUND PROTECTIVE SURFACING 32 18 16 - 7
B. Testing Services: Testing and inspecting of completed applications of playground surface system shall take place according to ASTM F 1292.
C. Remove and replace applications of playground surface system where test results indicate that it does not comply with requirements.
D. Additional testing and inspecting, at Contractor's expense, will be performed to determine compliance of replaced or additional work with requirements.
3.08 PROTECTION
A. Prevent traffic over surfacing for not less than 48 hours after installation.
B. Protect the installed playground surface from damage resulting from subsequent construction activity on the site.
END OF SECTION 32 18 16
632
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CHAIN LINK FENCES 323113 - 1
SECTION 32 31 13
CHAIN LINK FENCES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Replacing chain link fence mesh
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated. Include construction details, material descriptions, dimensions of individual components and profiles, and finishes for chain-link fences.
1. Chain link fabric, reinforcements, and attachments.
B. Product Certificates from manufacturer.
1.4 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Field Measurements: Verify layout information for replacement of chain link fabric on existing fences shown on Drawings in relation to property survey and existing structures. Verify dimensions by field measurements.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 CHAIN-LINK FENCE FABRIC
A. General: Provide fabric in one-piece heights measured between top and bottom of outer edge of selvage knuckle or twist. Comply with ASTM F668 and with requirements indicated below:
1. Fabric Height: to match existing conditions
B. Material: Vinyl coating to Zinc-coated Steel Wire
C. Class: 2b
633
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CHAIN LINK FENCES 323113 - 2
D. Wire Gauge: Wire with a diameter of 6 gauge
E. Mesh Size: 1-3/4 inches (44 mm)
F. Color: Black
G. Selvage of fabric knuckled at top and at bottom.
2.2 FITTINGS
A. General: Comply with ASTM F 626.
B. Rail Fittings: Provide the following:
1. Top Rail Sleeves: Round-steel tubing not less than 6 inches long.
2. Rail Clamps: Line and corner boulevard clamps for connecting intermediate and bottom rails in the fence line-to-line posts.
C. Tension and Brace Bands: Pressed steel.
D. Tension Bars: Steel, length not less than 2 inches shorter than full height of chain-link fabric. Provide one bar for each gate and end post, and two for each corner and pull post, unless fabric is integrally woven into post.
E. Truss Rod Assemblies: Steel, hot-dip galvanized after threading with rod and turnbuckle or other means of adjustment.
F. Tie Wires, Clips, and Fasteners: According to ASTM F 626.
1. Standard Round Wire Ties: For attaching chain-link fabric to posts, rails, and frames, complying with the following:
a. Hot-Dip Galvanized Steel: galvanized coating thickness matching coating thickness of chain-link fence fabric.
G. Finish:
1. Vinyl-coating
2. Color: black
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for adequate access to existing posts.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Remove debris and planting as needed to provide fabric connections. 634
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
CHAIN LINK FENCES 323113 - 3
3.3 INSTALLATION, GENERAL
A. Install chain link fence fabric to comply with ASTM F 567 and more stringent requirements indicated.
3.4 CHAIN LINK FENCE INSTALLATION
A. Chain Link Fabric: Apply fabric to outside of enclosing framework between finish grade or surface and bottom selvage unless otherwise indicated. Pull fabric taut and tie to posts, rails, and tension wires. Anchor to framework so fabric remains under tension after pulling force is released.
B. Tension or Stretcher Bars: Thread through fabric and secure to end, corner, pull, and gate posts with tension bands spaced not more than 15 inches o.c.
C. Tie Wires: Use wire of proper length to firmly secure fabric to line posts and rails.
Attach wire at one end to chain-link fabric, wrap wire around post a minimum of 180 degrees, and attach other end to chain-link fabric per ASTM F 626. Bend ends of wire to minimize hazard to individuals and clothing.
1. Maximum Spacing: Tie fabric to line posts at 12 inches o.c. and to braces at 24 inches o.c.
D. Fasteners: Install nuts for tension bands and carriage bolts on the side of the fence opposite the fabric side. Peen ends of bolts or score threads to prevent removal of nuts.
3.5 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Grounding-Resistance Testing: Engage a qualified testing agency to perform tests and inspections.
1. Grounding-Resistance Tests: Subject completed grounding system to a megger test at each grounding location. Measure grounding resistance no fewer than two full days after last trace of precipitation, without soil having been moistened by any means other than natural drainage or seepage and without chemical treatment or other artificial means of reducing natural grounding resistance.
Perform tests by two-point method according to IEEE 81.
2. Excessive Grounding Resistance: If resistance to grounding exceeds specified value, notify Architect promptly. Include recommendations for reducing grounding resistance and a proposal to accomplish recommended work.
3. Report: Prepare test reports certified by a testing agency of grounding resistance at each test location. Include observations of weather and other phenomena that may affect test results.
END OF SECTION 32 31 13
635
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STEEL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 1
SECTION 32 31 19
STEEL FENCES AND GATES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Provide steel fences system including manually operated gates, framing and accessories as required for complete fence installation for the park play area and perimeter fencing as indicated on drawings and details.
1. Designing and fabricating galvanized steel fencing with gates and installing fencing and gates including excavating for post bases and installing concrete anchorage for freestanding post and sleeves and grout posts embedded in concrete construction and related fencing work.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 03 30 00 “CIP Concrete” for concrete post holes and base.
2. Section 31 20 00 “Earthwork” for site excavation, fill, and backfill where steel metal fences and gates are located.
1.3 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS
A. Design Fence and gates to support lateral force of not less than 50’lbs./lin. Ft. uniform load and 200lbs. at any single point without permanent set or damage; ASTM E935.
B. Gates shall be fitted to accept pad lock provided by City.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For gates and operators, gate hardware, grout and manufactured items.
B. Shop Drawings: indicated fence and gate layout, spacing of components, connections, fabrication details, accessories and anchorage.
1. Indicate profiles, sizes, connections, and anchorage.
2. Provide templates as required for anchor installation by others.
C. Samples: Submit a sample of fence section with welds and samples of finish. 636
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STEEL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 2
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fabricator: Firm with minimum five years successful experience fabricating custom steel fences and gates similar to those required for the project and matching fences and gates similar to those constructed at Shields-Reid Park in the City of Richmond.
1. Provide fence and gates by same fabricator.
B. Qualified fabricators may include:
J. Dye Metal Fab
2150 East Foothill Boulevard
Glendora CA 91741
John Dike
T: 626 963 6025
C. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 MATERIALS
Materials shall be as shown on plans and as specified below:
A. Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M, shapes and sizes as indicated on drawings or in these specifications; provide weights suitable for specified loads; galvanized.
B. Bars (Pickets): Hot-rolled, carbon steel complying with ASTM A 29/A 29M, Grade 1010.
C. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500, cold formed steel tubing, or hot rolled, ASTM 501; minimum Grade B; seamless where exposed; galvanized.
D. Structural Steel Sheet: hot rolled, ASTM A570; or cold rolled, ASTM A 611, Class 1; of grade required for design loading; galvanized.
E. Fasteners & Rough hardware: Type required for specific usage; provide zinc coated fasteners.
F. Welding Materials: AWS D1.1, type required for materials being welded.
2.2 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS
A. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: Select according to AWS specifications for metal alloy welded.
B. Concrete: Normal-weight, air-entrained, ready-mix concrete complying with requirements in Section 03 30 00 “CIP Concrete” with a minimum 28-day compressive strength of 3000 psi (20 MPa), 3-inch (75-mm) slump, and 1-inch (25-mm) maximum aggregate size.
637
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STEEL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 3
C. Nonshrink Grout: Factory-packaged, nonstaining, noncorrosive, nongaseous grout complying with ASTM C 1107 and specifically recommended by manufacturer for exterior applications.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Field Measurements: Take field measurements prior to preparation of shop drawings and fabrication.
B. Examine areas and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for site clearing, earthwork, pavement work, construction layout, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.
C. Do not begin installation before final grading is completed unless otherwise permitted by Landscape Architect.
D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.2 FABRICATION
A. Framework: Design and fabricate fence to withstand anticipated loads; including loads from people climbing on fence. Design and fabricate fence and gate for playground in compliance with applicable State and Local Codes.
1. Configurations: As indicated, welded construction unless otherwise indicated.
2. Fittings: Fabricate gates as indicated on approved drawings, welded construction.
B. Gates: Fabricate gates as indicated on approved drawings, welded construction.
1. Gates: Provide complete hardware for pedestrian and maintenance access. a. Single Door Exit Gate Lock Assembly: Comply with code requirements and as approved. Provide self-closing, self-latching, as approved b. Pickets of gates and fencing shall match in size spacing and appearance. c. Accessories: keepers, stops and accessories as required for complete, secure manually operated fence gate installation.
2. Operation: Swing gate for pedestrian.
C. Fabricate items with joints neatly fitted and properly secured.
D. Grind exposed welds continuous, smooth and flush with adjacent finished surfaces, and ease exposed edges to approximate 1/32” uniform radius.
E. Fit and shop assemble in larges practical section for delivery.
F. Make exposed joints flush butt type, hairline joints where mechanically fastened.
1. Fabricate joints exposed to weather in manner to exclude water or provide weep holes where water could accumulate.
638
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STEEL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 4
G. Supply components required for proper anchorage of custom steel fence; fabricate anchorage and related components of same material and finish as custom steel fence.
H. Finishing: Galvanize all custom steel fencing and gates after fabrication.
1. Preparation: Thoroughly clean surfaces of rust, scale, grease and foreign matter prior to applying finishes.
2. Galvanizing: Provide minimum ASTM A123 or A924 and A653 G90 coating, iron and steel hardware galvanized conforming to ASTM A 153.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install fence gates and accessories to provide rigid structure for configurations indicated as specified and in accordance with applicable code requirements.
B. Install line corner and terminal posts plumb in locations indicated on approved shop drawings.
1. Coordinate embedded post sleeves with concrete work.
2. Grout posts solid where indicated on approved Shop Drawings.
C. Install gates for free, easy operation.
D. Obtain Engineer’s review and approval prior to site cutting or making adjustments that are not part of the scheduled work.
E. Install components square and level, accurately fitted and free from distortion or defects detrimental to appearance or conformance.
1. Supply items required to be cast into or embedded in other materials to appropriate trades.
2. Ensure alignment with adjacent construction; coordinate with related work to ensure no interruption installation.
F. Make provision for erection stresses by temporary bracing; keep work in alignment.
G. Field bolt and weld to match standard of shop bolting and welding; hide bolts and screws whenever possible; where not hidden, use flush countersunk fastenings.
1. Perform field welding in accordance with AWS D1.1.
2. Bolt permitted for slide fence hardware only.
H. After installation, touch up field welds any scratched and damaged surfaces; use same primer zinc rich coating as used for shop coat.
I. Replace items damaged in the course of installation.
3.4 ADJUSTING
A. Gates: Adjust gates to operate smoothly, easily, and quietly, free of binding, warp, excessive deflection, distortion, nonalignment, misplacement, disruption, or malfunction, throughout entire operational range. Confirm that latches and locks engage accurately and securely without forcing or binding.
B. Lubricate hardware and other moving parts.
639
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STEEL FENCES AND GATES 323119 - 5
END OF SECTION 32 31 19
640
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-1
SECTION 32 84 00
PLANTING IRRIGATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: All labor, materials, supplies, tools and transportation to perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the automatic sprinkler irrigation systems as shown on the Drawings.
B. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Final Acceptance for Work of this Section is contingent on completion of Work of Section 32 90 00.
B. Division 26 - Electrical power to controller.
C. Division 32 – Exterior Improvements: Irrigation sleeving under paving.
D. Division 33 – Utilities: Water meter and stub-out installation.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. ASTM – American Society for Testing and Materials
1. A53 – Standard Specification for Pipe, Steel, Black and Hot-Dipped, Zinc-Coated, Welded and Seamless
2. D1785 – Standard Specification for Poly Vinyl Chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe, Schedules 40 and 80 and Classes 200 and 315.
B. ICC – International Code Council
C. NEC – National Electric Code
D. State of California, Division of Industrial Safety
1. Electrical Safety Orders
E. UPC – Uniform Plumbing Code
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. OSHA Compliance:
1. All articles and services covered by this Specification shall meet or exceed the safety standards established under the Federal Occupational Safety and Health Act of 1970, together with all amendments in effect as of the date of this 641
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-2
Specification.
2. The subcontractor shall erect and maintain barricades, guards, warning signs, and lights as necessary or required by OSHA regulations for the protection of the public or workmen.
B. Regulatory requirements: In addition to complying with all pertinent codes and regulations, comply with the latest rules of NEC and the Electrical Safety Orders of the State of California, Division of Industrial Safety, for all electrical work and materials.
The materials and methods to be used in constructing the irrigation system shall conform to the applicable provisions of the UPC.
C. When the Specifications call for materials or construction of a better quality or larger size than required by the above-mentioned rules and regulations, the provision of the Specifications shall take precedence over the requirements of the said rules and regulations.
D. The subcontractor shall furnish without any extra charge any additional material and labor when required by the compliance with these rules and regulations, though the work be not mentioned in these particular Specifications or shown on the Drawings.
E. Any existing buildings, equipment, piping, pipe covering sewers, sidewalks, landscaping, etc., damaged by the subcontractor during the course of his work shall be replaced or repaired by the subcontractor in a manner satisfactory to the Owner’s Agent and at subcontractor’s own expense, and before the final payment is made.
The subcontractor shall be responsible for damage caused by leaks in the piping systems being installed by him. He shall repair, at his own expense, all damage so caused, in a manner satisfactory to the Owner’s Agent.
F. The subcontractor, personally or through an authorized and competent representative, shall supervise the work constantly, and shall as far as possible keep the same foreman and workmen on the job from commencement to completion. The workmanship of the entire job must in every way be first class, and only experienced and competent workmen will be allowed on the job.
G. The subcontractor shall pay for all permits, licenses, and fees required.
1.5 SUBMITTALS
A. Materials List: Within 15 days after award of contract and prior to installation, submit six copies of materials list. Include manufacturer, model number, and description of all materials and equipment. Include sealants, cements, lubricants and other proprietary items.
B. Substitutions: Submit six copies of catalog information on materials which are to be submitted for substitution. No substitution will be permitted without prior written approval by the Architect. A complete material list shall be submitted prior to performing any work.
C. Record Drawings:
1. The subcontractor shall maintain in good order, in the field office, one complete set of bond prints of all irrigation drawings which form a part of the Contract, showing 642
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-3
all water lines, sprinklers, valves, controllers and stub-outs. Any work not installed as indicated on the Drawings, shall be recorded and dimensioned accurately from the building walls on these prints. All as-built markups shall be indicated in red.
2. All underground stub-outs for future connections and valves shall be located and dimensioned accurately from building walls on these record drawings.
3. Upon completion of the work, obtain reproducible prints from Architect and neatly correct the prints to show the as-built conditions.
D. Controller Charts:
1. Record Drawings shall be accepted by Architect before controller charts are prepared.
2. Provide one controller chart for each controller supplied.
3. Charts shall be the maximum size that the controller door will allow, showing areas covered by each controller. Chart shall be an electrostatic copy and a different color shall be used to indicate area of coverage for each station. Enlarge valve sequence to be readable when drawing is reduced.
4. After being completed and accepted, seal by plastic laminating. Laminating sheets shall be a minimum of 10 mil thick.
E. Operations and maintenance manuals:
1. Deliver to owner at least 10 days prior to completion of construction, 2 complete sets of the following data. Data shall be on 8 1/2 inch by 11 inch sheets, in a 3- ring binder.
a. Index sheet stating Contractor’s address and telephone number and list of equipment with name and addresses of local manufacturer’s representatives. b. Catalog and parts sheets on all material and equipment installed under this Section.
c. Complete operating and maintenance instructions for all equipment. d. Complete and dated manufacturer’s warranties for all materials used.
2. Irrigation Maintenance Schedule to include, but not be limited to, routine inspection, adjustment, and repair of the irrigation system and its components.
3. Irrigation audit report by an Irrigation Association certified irrigation auditor.
Irrigation audit shall be performed by auditor for final inspection and report shall be provided by auditor.
1.6 LAYOUT OF WORK
A. The irrigation contractor shall stake out the irrigation system as shown on the Drawings. Stakes shall be approved by Landscape Architect before construction is started. Any changes, deletions or additions shall be determined at this check.
1.7 INSTRUCTION
A. After the system has been installed and approved, subcontractor shall instruct the Owner’s representative in complete operation and maintenance of the irrigation system.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Provide 1 year guarantee for Work of this Section in accordance with Section 1700. 643
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-4
B. Provide supplemental guarantee, on Contractor's letterhead:
1. Warrant that irrigation system has been installed according to Drawings and Specifications, and that system will be free of defects in products and installation for 1 year from Substantial Completion. Manufacturer's warranties shall only supplement special warranty.
2. Agree to repair or replace defective Work, or adjacent work which is damaged by such defects, with the exception of ordinary wear and tear, abuse or neglect. This includes damage to site improvements caused by settlement of improperly compacted trench backfill.
3. Owner reserves the right to make temporary repairs as required.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. Main lines (constant pressure) shall be 1120 Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) solvent weld pipe, Type 1, and shall conform to ASTM D1785. Use Schedule 40 and Schedule 80 PVC solvent weld fittings.
B. Lateral lines (non pressure) shall be 1120 Schedule 40 polyvinyl chloride (PVC) plastic pipe Type 1, and shall conform to ASTM D1785. Use Schedule 40 PVC solvent weld fittings.
C. Metal Pipe:
1. Steel pipe shall be Schedule 40 galvanized steel conforming to ASTM 53B. Metal pipe shall be wrapped in 2 inch wide, 20 mil thick, black PVC all weather corrosion-resistant tape with high tack adhesive. Use threaded galvanized steel fittings.
2. Provide dielectric fittings where dissimilar metals come into contact.
D. Fittings:
1. Solvent Weld socket fittings: Schedule 40, Type 1, Grade 1, PVC and shall conform to ASTM D2466. Schedule 80, Type 1, Grade 1 PVC and shall conform to ASTM D2467. Solvent cement and primer for PVC solvent-weld pipe and fittings shall be of type recommended by pipe manufacturer.
E. Connections between main lines and remote control valves shall be of Schedule 80 PVC (threaded both ends) nipples and fittings.
F. Risers shall be as follows: Schedule 80 PVC threaded nipples and Schedule 80 PVC ells as shown on the construction details.
G. Detectable marking tape shall be 3 inch wide and consist of a minimum 5.0 mil overall thickness. The tape shall have a 20 gauge solid aluminum foil core, encapsulated within 2.55 mil polyethylene backing. Tape color shall be purple for recycled water or blue for potable water.
2.2 QUICK COUPLING VALVES
A. Quick Coupling valves shall be brass construction, 1-inch connection, two-piece body, 644
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-5
locking purple vinyl top, single slot and lug. Provide one 1-inch single lug key and 3/4- inch hose swivel for every 5-6 quick couplers.
B. Quick Coupling valves shall be restrained with ductile iron restrainers that attach securely to the base of the valve. Restrainers shall make contact with the hex flats of the valve and be secured by a single bolt.
2.3 GATE VALVES
A. 2½ inch and smaller shall be lead-free bronze construction conforming to ASTM B584 Alloy C87850 with screw-in bonnet, non-rising stem, operating wheel and threaded connections.
B. 3 inch and larger shall be resilient wedge cast iron conforming to ASTM A126 Class B and shall have bolted bonnet, non-rising stem, operating nut (2 inch square) and “O” ring connections for PVC plastic pipe.
2.4 BALL VALVES
A. Ball valves shall be Schedule 80 PVC full port design. PVC ball valves to be installed upstream of each remote control valve.
2.5 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. Remote control valves shall be globe pattern constructed of heavy duty glass-filled nylon and stainless steel with internal and external bleed. Operating pressure shall be 10 to 150 psi and flow range shall be .1-180 gpm. All internal parts shall be removable from the top.
B. Install pressure regulating module on remote control valves as shown on drawings.
Pressure regulating module shall be by same manufacturer as remote control valve.
C. Each valve shall have a plastic tag denoting its controller and station number.
2.6 MASTER REMOTE CONTROL VALVE
A. Master remote control valve shall be constructed of heavy duty cast iron, bronze, stainless steel, and copper with metering pin and manual flow stem to adjust closing speed. Operating pressure shall be 3 to 200 psi and flow range shall be .01 to 3000 gpm.
B. Master Valve shall be normally open.
2.7 FLOW SENSOR
A. Flow sensors shall be capable of sensing programmed water flows during the operation of the irrigation system and shall be capable of detecting excess or inadequate water flows as per the operator entered parameters.
B. The flow sensors shall be compatible with the irrigation controller central computer system and shall be capable of transmitting water flow information to the irrigation 645
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-6
controller.
C. The flow sensor shall meet the following requirements:
1. Tee shall be PVC with sensor pre-installed.
2. Insertion type with a non magnetic, spinning impeller as the only moving part.
3. Rated for a maximum line pressure of 150 psi and a maximum liquid temperature of 140 degrees F.
4. Accuracy of plus or minus 1 percent of full scale, linearity of plus or minus 1 percent, repeatability of plus or minus 1 percent, and a flow range of .25 to 15 feet per second.
2.8 CONTROLLERS
A. Controllers shall be as listed on the Drawings and shall have the following features:
1. Utilize either evapotranspiration or soil moisture data for irrigation scheduling.
2. UL listed, solid state, capable of automatic or manual operation.
3. Non-volatile memory.
4. Scheduling with 365 day calendar, odd/even watering, and rain delay of 1-14 days.
5. Cycle and soak feature.
6. Compatible with master valve and flow sensor.
7. Hand held remote ready.
B. Hand held remote shall be compatible with controller.
C. Controllers shall be grounded per manufacturer’s instructions and ASIC grounding guidelines.
2.9 CONTROL WIRE
A. Copper with UL approval for direct burial in ground, size #12-1 for common wire and size #14-1 for control wire. Common ground wire shall have white insulating jacket; control wire shall have insulating jacket of color other than white. Provide a separate ground wire for each controller.
B. Splices shall be made with 3M DBR/Y-6 connectors.
2.10 VALVE BOXES
A. High density polyethylene construction with UV inhibitors. Lid shall be green purple in color and have stainless steel bolt-down mechanism. Boxes, lids, and bolts shall be from the same manufacturer. Plastic valve boxes shall be by Carson, NDS Pro Series, or equal.
B. The lid shall be marked as follows:
1. Remote Control Valves – “Irrigation Control Valve” or “ICV” with the station number in one inch (1”) high white enamel or heat branded numbers and letters.
2. All other valves - “Irrigation Control Valve” or “ICV”.
C. Valve box sizes are noted on drawing details.
2.11 SPRINKLER HEADS AND BUBBLERS
646
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-7
A. All sprinkler heads and nozzles shall be as listed on the Drawings.
B. All pop-up sprinkler heads shall have shut-off devices, check valves, and pressure regulation built into the sprinkler head.
C. Bubblers shall be as listed on the Drawings and shall be pressure compensating.
2.12 DRIP SYSTEM
A. Provide all components required for complete system:
1. Wye Filter: Corrosion resistant plastic housing, 1inch FIPT/MIPT connections with removable stainless steel screen and integral flush valve with hose threads.
Screen shall be 155 mesh.
2. Pressure regulator: Constructed of thermoplastic with stainless steel compression spring and securing screws. Pre-set to maintain constant outlet pressure of 40 psi.
2.13 SUBSURFACE IRRIGATION
A. Dripline tubing and pressure compensating emitters shall be extruded from linear lowdensity polyethylene. Tubing shall have a minimum nominal diameter of ½ inch with a minimum wall thickness of 0.045. Protection from root intrusion shall be provided by means of impregnation of non-toxic pre-emergent in pipe during the manufacturing process.
B. All accessories listed below shall be furnished by the same manufacturer as the dripline.
1. Line Flushing Valves – the subsurface irrigation system shall utilize manual line flush valves at the end of each independent zone area. Manual valve shall be a PVC ball valve connected to polyethylene tubing.
2. Air/Vacuum Relief Valve – each independent irrigation zone shall utilize an air/vacuum relief valve at its high point. The air and vacuum relief valve shall seal effectively from 2 to 10 psi.
2.14 BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE
A. Backflow prevention device shall be the reduced pressure type with gate valves, check valves, test cocks, reduced pressure chamber, and air vent.
B. Backflow preventer enclosure shall be cold rolled steel with green powder coating, 1/8 inch wall thickness, with stainless steel hardware. Enclosure shall be removable from base without use of tools. Enclosure shall be sized to fit backflow prevention device.
2.15 RAIN SENSOR
A. UV resistant, polymer housing with weatherproof switch mechanism and mounting bracket.
B. Fully adjustable shutoff from 1/8 inch to 1 inch of accumulated rainfall with automatic return to normal watering cycle.
647
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-8
C. Shall be wireless with 500 foot transmission range.
2.16 MISCELLANEOUS INSTALLATION MATERIALS
A. Solvent cement and primer for solvent weld joints shall be of make and type approved by manufacturer(s) of pipe and fittings. Use only Weld-On 795 Cement for flexible PVC to rigid PVC connections. Cement shall be maintained at proper consistency throughout use. Assembly practice shall be in accordance with ASTM D2855. Active Standard Practice for the Two-Step (Primer and Solvent Cement) Method of Joining Poly (Vinyl Chloride ) (PVC) or Chlorinated Poly (Vinyl Chloride) (CPVC) Pipe and Piping Components with Tapered Sockets.
B. Pipe joint compound shall be non-hardening, non-toxic materials designed specifically for use on threaded connections in water carrying pipe. Performance shall be same as Christy Ultra Seal Thread Sealant T10,000..
C. Drain rock: 3/4 inch washed pea gravel.
2.17 MISCELLANEOUS EQUIPMENT
A. Provide all equipment called for by the Drawings.
B. Provide to the Owner, at completion of the Maintenance Period, three (3) each of all operating and servicing keys and wrenches required for complete maintenance and operation of all heads and valves. Include all wrenches necessary for complete disassembly of all heads and valves.
C. Provide two (2) each of quick coupler keys and hose swivels and three (3) sets of keys to both controller cabinets and enclosures.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 PREPARATION
A. Schedule and coordinate placement of materials and equipment in a manner to effect the earliest completion of work in conformance with construction and progress schedule.
B. Contractor shall field verify the static water pressure at the project site prior to commencing work or ordering irrigation materials. If contractor fails to verify static water pressure prior to commencing work, contractor shall assume responsibility for all costs required to make system operational.
C. Examine areas and conditions under which work of this section is to be performed.
Do not proceed with work until necessary conditions have been corrected.
3.2 HANDLING AND STORAGE
A. Protect work and materials from damage during construction and storage as directed 648
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-9
by Architect.
B. Handle plastic pipe carefully; especially protecting it from prolonged exposure to sunlight.
C. Store sub-surface dripline and polyethylene tubing in cool dry place out of sunlight during installation.
3.3 LAYOUT
A. Layout work as accurately as possible in accordance with diagrammatic drawings.
B. Where site conditions do not permit location of piping, valves and heads where shown, notify Architect immediately and determine relocation in a joint conference.
C. Run pipelines and automatic control wiring in common trenches whenever practical.
3.4 EXCAVATING AND TRENCHING
A. Excavation shall be in all cases ample in size to permit the pipes to be laid at the elevations intended and to permit ample space for joining.
B. Depth of trenches shall be enough to provide minimum cover from finish grade to top of pipe in trenches, as follows:
1. 18 inch minimum cover over main lines to the control valves and quick coupling valves.
2. 18 inch minimum cover over direct burial control wires from controller to valves.
3. 12 inch minimum cover over the valve controlled lines to sprinkler heads.
4. 24 inch minimum cover over sleeves.
C. Restore surfaces, existing underground installations, etc., damaged or cut as a result of excavations, to original conditions in a manner approved by the Architect.
D. Where other utilities interfere with irrigation trenching and pipe work, adjust the trench depth as instructed by Architect.
3.5 ASSEMBLING PIPELINES
A. All pipes shall be assembled free from dirt and pipe scale. Field cut ends shall be reamed only to full pipe diameter with rough edges and burrs removed.
B. Solvent Weld Joint:
1. Prepare joint by first making sure the pipe end is square, then deburring the pipe end and cleaning the pipe and fitting of dirt.
2. Dry-insert pipe into fitting to check for missizing. Pipe should enter fitting 1/3 to 2/3 depth of socket.
3. Coat the inside socket surface of the fitting and the external surface of the male end of the pipe with primer, immediately followed by solvent weld cement liberally applied to the male end of the pipe and lightly applied to the inside of the socket.
Then, apply a second coat of cement to the pipe end.
649
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-10
4. Insert pipe immediately into fitting and turn it 90° to distribute cement and remove air bubbles. The pipe must seat to the bottom of the socket and fitting. Check alignment of the fitting. Pipe and fitting shall be aligned properly without strain to either.
5. Hold joint still for approximately thirty (30) seconds and then wipe the excess cement from the pipe and fitting.
6. Cure joint a minimum of thirty (30) minutes before handling and at least six (6) hours before allowing water in the pipe.
C. Threaded Joint:
1. Field threading of plastic pipe or fittings is not permitted. Factory-formed threads only will be permitted.
2. Factory-made nipples shall be used wherever possible. Field-cut threads in metallic pipe will be permitted only where absolutely necessary. When field threading, cut threads accurately on the axis with sharp dies.
3. All threaded joints shall be made up with pipe joint compound. Apply compound to male threads only.
4. Where assembling metallic pipe to metallic fitting or valve, no more than three (3) full threads shall show when joint is made up.
5. Where assembling to threaded plastic fitting, take up joint no more than one full turn beyond hand tightening.
6. Where assembling soft metal (brass or copper) or plastic pipe, use a strap type friction wrench only; do not use a metal-jawed wrench.
D. Cap or plug openings as pipeline is assembled to prevent entrance of dirt or obstruction. Remove caps or plugs only when necessary to continue assembly.
E. Where pipes or control wires pass through sleeves, provide a removable nondecaying plug at ends of sleeve to prevent entrance of earth.
F. Install copper tracer wire on top of the entire mainline, taped every fifteen feet (15’).
Stub tracer wire up at backflow and isolation valves.
3.6 REMOTE CONTROL VALVES
A. Install where shown on Drawings and group together where practical. Limit one remote control valve per box with no exceptions.
B. Locate valve boxes 12 inches from and perpendicular to walk edges, buildings and walls. Provide 12 inches between valve boxes where valves are grouped together.
C. Thoroughly flush main line before installing the valve.
D. Install in shrub or ground cover areas where possible.
E. Label control line wire at each valve with a 2 1/4” x 2 3/4” polyurethane I.D. tag, indicating identification number of the valve (controller and station number). Attach a label to control wire.
3.7 QUICK COUPLING VALVES
650
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-11
A. Install quick coupling valves on double swing-joint assemblies of Schedule 80 PVC risers and fittings.
B. Thoroughly flush main line before installing the valve.
C. Install 12 inch from hardscape areas.
3.8 VALVE BOXES
A. Install one valve box for each type of valve unless otherwise noted.
B. Install boxes 12 inches from walk or header and 12 inches apart. Short side of rectangular boxes shall be parallel to walk or header. Install 2 inches above finish grade in groundcover areas and flush with grade in lawn areas.
C. Install common bricks as shown and as required to keep box stable. Install gravel sump after compaction of all trenches.
3.9 FLOW SENSOR
A. Install flow sensor a minimum of 10 times pipe diameter upstream and 5 times pipe diameter downstream of any valves, fittings, pipe bends, etc.
B. Use only sensor cable approved by the controller manufacturer. Install cable in a separate 1 inch conduit routed to controller. Leave enough flexibility in the cable to allow for future service of sensor.
3.10 SPRINKLER HEADS AND BUBBLERS
A. Thoroughly flush lines before installing heads, drip tubing, or bubblers.
B. Locate heads and bubblers as shown in the Drawings and Detail.
C. Set sprinkler heads perpendicular to grade unless otherwise shown.
D. Adjust sprinkler heads for proper distribution and trim, providing complete coverage with minimal overspray.
3.11 SUB-SURFACE IRRIGATION
A. Install per manufacturer’s instructions.
B. Install dripline in a grid pattern 2 inch below finish grade.
C. Install air/vacuum relief valve at the highest point of each circuit on a line that is perpendicular to the dripline rows (exhaust header or lateral connecting dripline.) Install in 6 inch round valve box.
D. Install flush valve at a point farthest away from source or along exhaust header.
Install in 6 inch round valve box.
651
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-12
3.12 AUTOMATIC CONTROL WIRING
A. Run lines along mains where practical. Tie wires in bundles with pipe wrapping tape at 10’ intervals and allow slack for contraction between strappings.
B. Loop a minimum of three (3) feet of extra wire in each valve box; both control wire and ground wire.
C. Connections shall be made as shown on plans.
D. Splicing will be permitted only on runs exceeding 2500’. Locate all splices at valve locations within valve boxes.
E. Where control lines pass under paving, they shall pass through Schedule 40 electrical PVC conduit.
F. Common wire and control wires shall be tagged with 1/4" wide embossed plastic labeling tape, showing controller and station number designation.
3.13 AUTOMATIC CONTROLLER
A. Provide and install automatic irrigation controller in approximate locations shown on Drawings. The exact location will be determined on the site by Architect. Provide conduit and wire and connect to 120 volt switch accessible to controller for ease of maintenance.
B. Connect control lines to controller in sequential arrangement according to assigned identification number of the valve. Each control line wire shall be labeled at controller with a permanent non-fading label indicating station number of the valve controlled.
Attach label to control wire.
C. Contractor is responsible for programming the controller. Provide optimum amounts of water for each plant type to maintain plants in vigorous healthy condition.
Reprogram as required at end of maintenance period.
D. Contact controller manufacturer for certification of the installation, purchase, and activation of data service.
3.14 BACKFLOW PREVENTION ASSEMBLY
A. Local codes shall govern installation requirements.
B. Install a minimum of 12 inches and a maximum of 30 inches above grade.
C. Install enclosure on concrete pad as shown on drawings.
3.15 BACKFILLING
A. Backfill only after piping has been tested, inspected and approved.
B. Backfill material shall be the earth excavated from the trenches, free from rocks, 652
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-13
concrete chunks, and other foreign or coarse materials.
C. A stable and uniform bedding of at least 2” shall be provided for the pipe and any protruding features of its joints and/or fittings. The middle of the bedding, equal to 1/3 of the pipe outside diameter, may be loosely packed with the remainder compacted to a minimum of 90 percent standard proctor density. Pipe bedding material shall be Class II, clean, course grained materials, such as gravel, coarse sands and gravel/sand mixtures (1 ½ inches maximum in size.)
D. All pipe under asphalt paving shall be backfilled with 4 inches of clean sand on all sides of pipe.
E. Place backfill materials in 6 inch layers and compact by jetting or tamping to a minimum compaction of 90 percent of original soil density.
F. Dress off areas to finish grades and remove excess soil, rocks or debris remaining after backfill is completed.
G. If settlement occurs along trenches, and adjustments in pipes, valves and sprinkler heads, soil, sod or paving are necessary to bring the system, soil, sod, or paving to the proper level or the permanent grade, subcontractor, as part of the work under this Contract, shall make all adjustments without extra cost to the Owner.
3.16 PIPE TESTS
A. Notify Architect at least three (3) days in advance of testing.
B. Perform testing at Contractor’s expense.
C. Center load piping with a small amount of backfill to prevent arching or slipping under pressure. No fitting or joint shall be covered.
D. Do not connect remote control valves, quick couplers or any other valve assembly until testing is satisfactorily complete.
E. Apply the following tests after weld plastic pipe joints have cured at least 24 hours.
1. Test live (constant pressure) and quick coupling valve lines hydrostatically at 125 PSI minimum. Lines shall be filled with water and pressure gauge connected to the pipe line. After lines have reached the 125 PSI, (use hydraulic pump or other safe method – do not use an air compressor) cut off the source of pressure. Lines will be approved if test pressure (with an allowable drop of 2 PSI) is maintained for two (2) hours. Should leaks develop during the test period, they shall be located and repaired and retested in the same method. The subcontractor shall make tests and repairs as necessary until test conditions are met.
2. Test remote control valve controlled lines with water at line pressure and visually inspect for leaks. Retest after correcting defects.
F. Remake faulty joints with new materials. Do not use cement or caulking to seal leaks.
3.17 SYSTEM ADJUSTMENT
653
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTING IRRIGATION 32 84 00-14
A. Adjust pressure regulating modules to proper and similar pressure to provide optimum and efficient coverage.
B. Adjust sprinkler heads by fully opening the sprinkler furthest from control valve. Open manual adjustment of control valve slightly to obtain a 12-inch spray at sprinkler mentioned above. After this condition has been met, adjust all other sprinklers in the section for equal height sprays, regulating the control valve as required to maintain this condition. With a pressure gauge on the sprinkler first opened, adjust control valve to obtain the catalog-rated pressure for sprinkler installed. Adjust nozzle sizes and degree of arc and install pressure compensating screens as required to cover planting areas without overspray. Adjust all sprinklers to keep spray in confines of planted area. Minimize overspray onto paving.
C. Drip System Check
1. Immediately after installation, flush lateral line piping by removing automatic flush valve, figure 8 fitting, or by opening the shut-off flush valve.
2. Clean filter screens. Open filter flush valve for at least 10 seconds. Clean or replace clogged elements
3. Adjust pressure regulator to system design pressure.
4. Verify that emitters are producing specified water output. If not, replace emitters, check filter element, check pressure at emitters, and review system for clogs and leaks. Correct deficiencies.
D. Spray and Bubbler Check
1. Perform coverage test in the presence of Architect to establish that coverage of all planting areas is complete and adequate.
2. Correct deficiencies and repeat test until approved.
3.18 GUARANTEE
A. It shall be the responsibility of subcontractor to fill and repair all depressions and replace all necessary lawn and planting due to the settlement of irrigation trenches for one year following completion and acceptance of the job.
B. The subcontractor shall also guarantee all materials, equipment and workmanship furnished by him to be free of all defects of workmanship and materials, and shall agree to replace at his expense, at any time within one year after installation is accepted, any and all defective parts that may be found.
3.19 CLEANUP
A. When work of this section has been completed, and at such other times as may be directed, remove all trash, debris, surplus materials and equipment from the site.
END OF SECTION 32 84 00
654
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-1
SECTION 32 91 13
SOIL PREPARATION
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 01 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.02 SUMMARY
A. Section includes:
(1) Planting soils specified by composition of the mixes. (2) Inorganic soil amendments
(3) Organic soil amendments/Compost
(4) Fertilizers
(5) Pesticides
B. Related Sections:
(1) Document 31 00 00 “Earthwork”
(2) Document 31 10 13 “Site Preparation and Plant Protection” (3) Document 32 84 00 “Irrigation”
(4) Document 32 91 14 “Bioretention Soils”
(5) Document 32 93 00 "Plants"
1.03 ALLOWANCES
A. Preconstruction and field quality-control testing are part of testing and inspecting allowance.
1.04 DEFINITIONS
A. AAPFCO: Association of American Plant Food Control Officials.
B. Backfill: The earth used to replace or the act of replacing earth in an excavation.
This can be amended or unamended soil as indicated.
655
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-2
C. CCQC: California Compost Quality Council, verifies that compost producers are in compliance with state compost regulations and standards. www.crra.com D. CEC: Cation exchange capacity.
E. Compost: The product resulting from the controlled biological decomposition of organic material that has been sanitized through the generation of heat and stabilized to the point that it is beneficial to plant growth.
F. Duff Layer: A surface layer of soil, typical of forested areas, that is composed of mostly decayed leaves, twigs, and detritus.
G. Imported Soil: Soil that is transported to Project site for use.
H. Layered Soil Assembly: A designed series of planting soils, layered on each other, that together produce an environment for plant growth.
I. Manufactured Soil: Soil produced by blending soils, sand, stabilized organic soil amendments, and other materials to produce planting soil.
J. NAPT: North American Proficiency Testing Program. An SSSA program to assist soil-, plant-, and water-testing laboratories through interlaboratory sample exchanges and statistical evaluation of analytical data.
K. Organic Matter: The total of organic materials in soil exclusive of undecayed plant and animal tissues, their partial decomposition products, and the soil biomass; also called "humus" or "soil organic matter."
L. Planting Soil: Existing, on-site soil or imported soil that has been modified as specified with soil amendments and perhaps fertilizers to produce a soil mixture best for plant growth.
M. RCRA Metals: Hazardous metals identified by the EPA under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act.
N. SSSA: Soil Science Society of America.
O. Subgrade: Surface or elevation of subsoil remaining after excavation is complete, or the top surface of a fill or backfill before planting soil is placed.
P. Subsoil: Soil beneath the level of subgrade; soil beneath the topsoil layers of a naturally occurring soil profile, typified by less than 1 percent organic matter and few soil organisms.
Q. Surface Soil: Soil that is present at the top layer of the existing soil profile. In undisturbed areas, surface soil is typically called "topsoil"; but in disturbed areas such as urban environments, the surface soil can be subsoil.
R. USCC: U.S. Composting Council.
656
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-3
1.05 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS
A. Pre-installation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.
1.06 ACTION SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each type of product.
(1) Include recommendations for application and use.
(2) Include test data substantiating that products comply with requirements. (3) Material Certificates: For each type of imported soil, soil amendment, and fertilizer before delivery to the site, according to the following:
(a) Manufacturer's qualified testing agency's certified analysis of standard products.
(b) Analysis of fertilizers, by a qualified testing agency, made according to AAPFCO methods for testing and labeling and according to AAPFCO's SUIP #25.
(c) Analysis of nonstandard materials, by a qualified testing agency, made according to SSSA methods, where applicable.
B. Samples: For each bulk-supplied material, 1-quart volume of each in sealed containers labeled with content, source, and date obtained. Each Sample shall be typical of the lot of material to be furnished.
(1) Provide an accurate representation of composition, color, and texture. (a) Native site soil
(b) Imported Soil
(c) Organic soil amendments
(d) Compost
1.07 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS
A. Qualification Data: For each testing agency.
B. Preconstruction soil analyses and recommendations for on-site soil C. Compost technical data sheet including compost laboratory report, including test data summary page. If results are outside of acceptable parameters contractor is responsible for retesting compost or finding an acceptable alternative. 657
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-4
1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Testing Agency Qualifications: An independent, state-operated, or universityoperated laboratory; experienced in soil science, soil testing, and plant nutrition; with the experience and capability to conduct the testing indicated; and that specializes in types of tests to be performed.
(1) Laboratory soil testing report shall be no older than 6 months from the date of Landscape Architect’s review and shall represent the product delivered to the project site.
(2) Laboratory compost testing report shall be no older than 3 months from the date of Landscape Architect’s review and shall represent the product delivered to the project site.
B. Standard Specifications:
(1) Quality of compost shall comply with OMRI, CCQC and STA standards. (2) In the event that standards conflict, the most restrictive standard shall be followed.
1.09 PRECONSTRUCTION TESTING
A. Preconstruction Soil Analyses: For each unamended soil type (existing and imported), perform testing on soil samples and furnish soil analysis and a written report containing soil- amendment and fertilizer recommendations by a qualified testing agency performing the testing according to "Soil-Sampling Requirements" and "Testing Requirements" articles.
(1) Have testing agency identify and label samples and test reports according to sample collection and labeling requirements.
(2) Soil test report to include recommendations for amendments with organic materials. Recommendations for synthetic amendments will not be accepted.
1.10 SOIL-SAMPLING REQUIREMENTS
A. Sample Collection and Labeling: Have samples taken and labeled by Contractor per the direction of the testing agency.
(1) Number and Location of Samples: Three representative soil samples from varied locations as directed by Landscape Architect for each soil to be used or amended for landscaping purposes.
(2) Procedures and Depth of Samples: Per soil testing laboratory standards. (3) Labeling: Label each sample with the date, location keyed to a site plan or other location system, visible soil condition, and sampling depth. 658
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-5
1.11 TESTING REQUIREMENTS
A. General: Perform tests on soil samples according to requirements in this article.
B. Physical Testing:
(1) Soil Texture: Soil-particle, size-distribution analysis by one of the following methods according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1- Physical and Mineralogical Methods":
(a) Sieving Method: Report sand-gradation percentages for very coarse, coarse, medium, fine, and very fine sand; and fragmentgradation (gravel) percentages for fine, medium, and coarse fragments; according to USDA sand and fragment sizes.
(b) Hydrometer Method: Report percentages of sand, silt, and clay. (2) Total Porosity: Calculate using particle density and bulk density according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1-Physical and Mineralogical Methods."
(3) Water Retention: According to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1- Physical and Mineralogical Methods."
(4) Saturated Hydraulic Conductivity: According to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1-Physical and Mineralogical Methods"; at 85% compaction according to ASTM D 698 (Standard Proctor).
C. Chemical Testing:
(1) CEC: Analysis by sodium saturation at pH 7 according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 3- Chemical Methods."
(2) Clay Mineralogy: Analysis and estimated percentage of expandable clay minerals using CEC by ammonium saturation at pH 7 according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 1- Physical and Mineralogical Methods."
(3) Metals Hazardous to Human Health: Test for presence and quantities of RCRA metals including aluminum, arsenic, barium, copper, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, lead, lithium, and vanadium. If RCRA metals are present, include recommendations for corrective action. (4) Phytotoxicity: Test for plant-available concentrations of phytotoxic minerals including aluminum, arsenic, barium, cadmium, chlorides, chromium, cobalt, copper, lead, lithium, mercury, nickel, selenium, silver, sodium, strontium, tin, titanium, vanadium, and zinc.
D. Fertility Testing: Soil-fertility analysis according to standard laboratory protocol, including the following:
659
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-6
(1) Percentage of organic matter.
(2) CEC, calcium percent of CEC, and magnesium percent of CEC. (3) Soil reaction (acidity/alkalinity pH value).
(4) Buffered acidity or alkalinity.
(5) Nitrogen ppm.
(6) Phosphorous ppm.
(7) Potassium ppm.
(8) Manganese ppm.
(9) Manganese-availability ppm.
(10) Zinc ppm.
(11) Zinc availability ppm.
(12) Copper ppm.
(13) Sodium ppm and sodium absorption ratio.
(14) Soluble-salts ppm.
(15) Presence and quantities of problem materials including salts and metals cited in the Standard protocol. If such problem materials are present, provide additional recommendations for corrective action. (16) Other deleterious materials, including their characteristics and content of each.
E. Organic-Matter Content: Analysis using loss-by-ignition method according to SSSA's "Methods of Soil Analysis - Part 3- Chemical Methods." F. Recommendations: Based on the test results, state recommendations for soil treatments and soil amendments to be incorporated to produce satisfactory planting soil suitable for healthy, viable plants indicated. Include, at a minimum, recommendations for nitrogen, phosphorous, and potassium fertilization, and for micronutrients. Request recommendations for organic amendments and compost only; synthetic amendments and fertilizers will not be accepted. (1) Fertilizers and Soil Amendment Rates: State recommendations in weight per 1000 sq. ft. for 6-inch depth of soil.
660
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-7
1.12 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Packaged Materials: Deliver packaged materials in original, unopened containers showing weight, certified analysis, name and address of manufacturer, and compliance with state and Federal laws if applicable.
B. Bulk Materials:
(1) Do not dump or store bulk materials near structures, utilities, walkways and pavements, or on existing turf areas or plants.
(2) Provide erosion-control measures to prevent erosion or displacement of bulk materials, discharge of soil-bearing water runoff, and airborne dust reaching adjacent properties, water conveyance systems, or walkways. (3) Do not move or handle materials when they are wet or frozen. (4) Accompany each delivery of bulk fertilizers and soil amendments with appropriate certificates.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 MATERIALS
A. Regional Materials: Imported Topsoil, soil amendments and fertilizers shall be sourced within 100 miles of Project site from materials that have been extracted, harvested, or recovered, as well as manufactured, within 100 miles of Project site.
2.02 PLANTING SOILS SPECIFIED BY COMPOSITION
A. General: Soil amendments, fertilizers, and rates of application specified in this article are guidelines that may need revision based on testing laboratory's recommendations after preconstruction soil analyses are performed.
B. Planting-Soil Type: Existing, on-site surface soil, with the duff layer, if any, retained and stockpiled on-site; modified to produce viable planting soil. Blend existing, on-site surface soil with organic soil amendments recommended by soils testing laboratory.
C. Planting-Soil Type: Imported, suitable topsoil from off-site sources, tested and amended, per soil testing laboratory recommendations, to produce viable planting soil.
(1) Amended Soil Composition: Blend unamended soil with the soil amendments and fertilizers recommended in Soil Testing Report. (2) Unacceptable Properties: Clean soil of the following:
(a) Unacceptable Materials: Concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, 661
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-8
paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth.
(b) Unsuitable Materials: Stones, roots, plants, sod, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand that exceed a combined maximum of 8 percent by dry weight of the soil.
(c) Large Materials: Stones, clods, roots, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand exceeding 3 inches in any dimension.
2.03 INORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Lime: ASTM C 602, agricultural liming material containing a minimum of 80 percent calcium carbonate equivalent and as follows:
(1) Class: O, with a minimum of 95 percent passing through a No. 8 sieve and a minimum of 55 percent passing through a No. 60 sieve. (2) Provide lime in form of ground dolomitic limestone.
B. Sulfur: Granular, biodegradable, and containing a minimum of 90 percent elemental sulfur, with a minimum of 99 percent passing through a No. 6 sieve and a maximum of 10 percent passing through a No. 40 sieve.
C. Iron Sulfate: Granulated ferrous sulfate containing a minimum of 20 percent iron and 10 percent sulfur.
D. Perlite: Horticultural perlite, soil amendment grade.
E. Agricultural Gypsum: Minimum 90 percent calcium sulfate, finely ground with 90 percent passing through a No. 50 sieve.
F. Sand: Clean, washed, natural or manufactured, free of toxic materials, according to ASTM C 33.
2.04 ORGANIC SOIL AMENDMENTS
A. Compost: Well-composted, stable, and weed-free organic matter produced by composting feedstock, and bearing USCC's "Seal of Testing Assurance," and as follows:
Parameters Units of measure General Range
Nitrogen (Total N) % dry weight >0.9
Ammonium (N or NH4-N) ppm or mg/kg dry weight <450
Nitrate (NO3-N) ppm or mg/kg dry weight >10
Phosphorus (P) % dry weight <0.6
Calcium (Ca) % dry weight <3.5
Boron (Total B) ppm or mg/kg dry weight <80
662
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-9
Sodium (Na) % dry weight <0.5
Total Nitrogen Phosphorus and
Potassium (NPK)
Sum % dry weight >2.0
Carbon Nitrogen Ratio Carbon: Nitrogen ≤25:1
Organic Matter Content % by dry weight basis >35
pH pH units 6.5-8.5
Moisture Content % wet weight basis >35
Particle Size or Sieve Size % under ½” or 25mm by dry
weight
>95%
Stability Indicator: Carbon Dioxide (C02)
Evolution Rate
Mg CO2-C/g OM per day <8
Maturity Indicator: Cucumber Bioassay
Seed Emergence %, relative to control >80%
Seed Vigor %, relative to control >80%
Select Pathogens
Fecal Coliform Bacteria MPN/gram dry weight <1000
Salmonella MPN/4gram dry weight <3
Metals
Arsenic mg/kg (ppm) <16
Cadmium mg/kg (ppm) <8
Chromium mg/kg (ppm) < 100
Copper mg/kg (ppm) <400
Lead mg/kg (ppm) <100
Mercury mg/kg (ppm) <4
Nickel mg/kg (ppm) <80
Selenium mg/kg (ppm) <5
Zinc mg/kg (ppm) <500
Physical Contaminants
Glass % dry weight <1
Plastic % dry weight <1
Metal % dry weight <1
Bulk Density lbs/CY dry weight lbs/CF
dry weight
>19 and <41
>500 and
<1100
(1) Contaminants: Compost shall be free of contaminants such as glass, metal, and visible plastic, heavy metals, fecal coliform and salmonella species not exceeding levels per California Integrated Waste Management regulations.
(2) Color: Dark brown to black
(3) Acceptable odor: soil-like, musty or moldy.
(4) Unacceptable odor: sour, ammonia, putrid
663
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-10
(5) Particle characteristics: identifiable wood pieces are acceptable but the balance of material should be soil-like without recognizable grass or leaves.
(6) Be listed by CDFA as an Organic Input Material (OIM) and/or be approved by OMRI.
(7) Be produced by a participant of the US Composting Council's STA Program.
(8) Be generated from feedstock/materials sourced within 100 miles or produced at a facility within 100 miles of the project site B. Compost shall not contain mixed solid waste, or substances toxic to plants.
Compost shall not resemble the original material from which it was derived,nor have objectionable odors.
2.05 FERTILIZERS
A. Non-synthetic fertilizers as recommended by the soils report. (1) Synthetic, quick-release fertilizers will not be permitted. (2) Fertilizers prohibited in the Generic Materials List by the Organic materials Review Institute (OMRI) are prohibited in the project.
2.06 PRE-EMERGENT HERBICIDES
A. Synthetic pre-emergent herbicides that are listed as prohibited in the Organic Materials Review Institute's (OMRI) Generic Materials List are not allowed on this project.
2.07 INTEGRATED/ORGANIC PEST MANAGEMENT AND PESTICIDES
A. Integrated Pest Management (IPM) and Organic Pest Management (OPM) practices shall be used to control pests and diseases in the landscape.
Herbicides may not be used as the first and only weed/ invasive plant control method with prior approval by the Owner’s Representative.
B. General: Pesticide registered and approved by the EPA, acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, and of type recommended by manufacturer for each specific problem and as required for Project conditions and application.
C. Pesticides that are prohibited by OMRI in its generic materials list are prohibited.
D. Do not use any pesticides unless authorized in writing by Landscape Architect and authorities having jurisdiction prior to application.
E. Contractor to obtain written approval from Landscape Architect prior to application of pre-emergent and post-emergent herbicides. The following least toxic products may be employed:
664
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-11
(1) Fatty acid potassium salts (herbicidal soaps e.g. Safer's Superfast Weed and Grass Killer® Dr. Bronner’s Peppermint Anti-Bacterial Soap.) (2) Acetic and citric acids (Nature’s Glory Weed and Grass Killer RTU®) (3) Clove,citrus, mint and thyme oil (Matran II®, Xpress®) (4) Corn gluten
(5) Low-toxic, low-residual herbicide (Glyphosate (Round-up®), glufosinateammonium (Finale®), pelargoic acid (Scythe®)) F. Do not use the following products:
(1) Atrazine (Aatrex)
(2) Simazine (Princep)
(3) Bromacil (Hyvar, Krovar)
(4) Prometon (Pramitol)
(5) Bentazon (Basagran)
(6) Norflurazon (Solicam, Predict, Zorial)
(7) Picloram
(8) Clopyralid
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Place planting soil and fertilizers according to requirements in other Specification Sections.
B. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in planting soil.
C. Proceed with placement only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
3.02 PREPARATION OF UNAMENDED, ON-SITE SOIL BEFORE AMENDING A. Excavation: Excavate soil from designated area(s) to a depth 6 inches deeper than size of tree root ball, and stockpile until amended. Refer to Document 31 00 00 “Earthwork.”
B. Unacceptable Materials: Clean soil shall not contain any percentage of concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, building debris, oils, gasoline, 665
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-12
diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, acid, and other extraneous materials that are harmful to plant growth.
C. Unsuitable Materials: Clean soil to contain a maximum of 8 percent by dry weight of stones, roots, plants, sod, clay lumps, and pockets of coarse sand.
D. Remove stones larger than 2 inches in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish and other extraneous materials, and legally dispose of them off District’s property.
3.03 PLACING AND MIXING PLANTING SOIL OVER EXPOSED SUBGRADE A. General: Apply and mix unamended soil with amendments on-site to produce required planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
B. Subgrade Preparation: Till subgrade to a minimum depth of 6 inches where site conditions permit. Remove stones 4 inches and larger in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off District’s property.
(1) Apply, add soil amendments, and mix approximately half the thickness of unamended soil over prepared, loosened subgrade according to "Mixing" Paragraph below. Mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil.
C. Mixing: Spread unamended soil to total depth of 6 inches, but not less than required to meet finish grades after mixing with amendments and natural settlement. Do not spread if soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
(1) Amendments: Apply soil amendments, compost and organic fertilizer, if required, evenly on surface, and thoroughly blend them with unamended soil to produce planting soil.
(a) Mix lime and sulfur with dry soil before mixing fertilizer. (b) Mix fertilizer with planting soil no more than seven days before planting.
(2) Lifts: Apply and mix unamended soil and amendments in lifts not exceeding 12 inches in loose depth for material compacted by compaction equipment, and not more than 6 inches in loose depth for material compacted by hand-operated tampers.
(3) Compaction: Compact each blended lift of planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698 and tested in-place.
666
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-13
(4) Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
3.04 PLACING MANUFACTURED PLANTING SOIL OVER EXPOSED SUBGRADE A. General: Apply manufactured soil on-site in its final, blended condition. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
B. Subgrade Preparation: Till subgrade to a minimum depth of 8 inches where site conditions allow. Remove stones 4 inches or larger in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off District’s property.
C. Apply approximately half the thickness of planting soil over prepared, loosened subgrade. Mix thoroughly into top 4 inches of subgrade. Spread remainder of planting soil.
D. Spread planting soil to total depth of 12 inches, but not less than required to meet finish grades after natural settlement. Do not spread if soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
(1) Lifts: Apply planting soil in lifts not exceeding 6 inches in loose depth.
E. Compaction: Compact each lift of planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698.
F. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
3.05 BLENDING PLANTING SOIL IN PLACE
A. General: Mix amendments with in-place, unamended soil to produce required planting soil. Do not apply materials or till if existing soil or subgrade is frozen, muddy, or excessively wet.
B. Preparation: Till unamended, existing soil in planting areas to a minimum depth of 6 inches where site conditions permit. Remove stones 4 inches and larger in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off District’s property.
C. Mixing: Apply soil amendments, compost and organic fertilizer, if required, evenly on surface, and thoroughly blend them into full depth of unamended, in-place soil to produce planting soil.
(1) Mix lime and sulfur with dry soil before mixing fertilizer. (2) Mix fertilizer with planting soil no more than seven days before planting. 667
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-14
D. Compaction: Compact blended planting soil to 75 to 82 percent of maximum Standard Proctor density according to ASTM D 698.
E. Finish Grading: Grade planting soil to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
3.06 APPLYING COMPOST TO SURFACE OF PLANTING SOIL
A. Application: Apply organic fertilizers and other amendments as indicated by the soils report. Apply 3CY/1000sf of quality organic compost to all areas to receive planting. Mix to the depth required to achieve 8 inches of settled soil/amendment mix. NOTE: an additional 3CY/1000sf will be applied ABOVE the cardboard sheet mulch layer described in 32 93 00 Planting.
3.07 FINISH GRADING
A. Remove stones larger than 1 inch in any dimension and sticks, roots, rubbish, and other extraneous matter and legally dispose of them off City's property.
Grade soil surface at edges of planting areas within 1 foot of adjacent hardscape and drain inlets to an elevation of 3-4 inches below the finished surface of adjacent hardscape to allow adequate room for mulch.
B. Finish Grading: Grade surface to a smooth, uniform surface plane with loose, uniformly fine texture. Roll and rake, remove ridges, and fill depressions to meet finish grades.
C. Before planting, obtain Owner’s Representative’s acceptance of finish grading; restore planting areas if eroded or otherwise disturbed after finish grading.
3.08 PESTICIDE APPLICATION
A. Apply pesticides and other chemical products and biological control agents according to authorities having jurisdiction and manufacturer's written recommendations. Coordinate applications with Owner's operations and others in proximity to the Work. Notify Owner before each application is performed.
B. Pre-Emergent Herbicides (Selective and Nonselective): Apply to tree, shrub, and ground-cover areas according to manufacturer's written recommendations, and only during the appropriate times in plants’ life cycle. Do not apply to seeded areas.
C. Post-Emergent Herbicides (Selective): Apply only as necessary to treat alreadygerminated weeds and according to manufacturer's written recommendations and only during the appropriate times in plants’ life cycle.
3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL
A. Drainage test: See Document 32 93 00 “Planting” for drainage test at tree wells. 668
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SOIL PREPARATION 32 91 13-15
3.10 PROTECTION
A. Protect areas of in-place soil from compaction, disturbance, and contamination.
Prohibit the following practices within these areas except as required to perform planting operations:
(1) Storage of construction materials, debris, or excavated material. (2) Parking vehicles or equipment.
(3) Vehicle and foot traffic.
(4) Impoundment of water.
(5) Excavation or other digging unless otherwise indicated.
B. If planting soil or subgrade is overcompacted, disturbed, or contaminated by foreign or deleterious materials or liquids, remove the planting soil and contamination; restore the subgrade as directed by Landscape Architect and replace contaminated planting soil with new planting soil.
3.11 CLEANING
A. Protect areas adjacent to planting-soil preparation and placement areas from contamination. Keep adjacent paving and construction clean and work area in an orderly condition.
B. Remove surplus soil and waste material including excess subsoil, unsuitable materials, trash, and debris and legally dispose of them off District’s property unless otherwise indicated.
END OF DOCUMENT 32 91 13
669
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BIORETENTION SOILS 32 91 14 - 1
SECTION 32 91 14
BIORETENTION SOILS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for furnishing, placing, and compacting bioretention soils as indicated.
B. Related Sections:
• 31 20 00 Earthwork
• 32 40 00 Storm Drainage System
1.02 SUBMITTALS
The contractor shall submit to the Engineer for approval:
A. A sample of mixed bioretention soil.
B. Certification from the soil supplier or an accredited laboratory that the Bioretention Soil meets the requirements of this guideline specification.
C. Grain size analysis results of the fine sand component performed in accordance with ASTM D 422, Standard Test Method for Particle Size Analysis of Soils.
D. Quality analysis results for compost performed in accordance with Seal of Testing Assurance (STA) standards, as specified in Section 1.4.
E. Organic content test results of mixed Bioretention Soil. Organic content test shall be performed in accordance with by Testing Methods for the Examination of Compost and Composting (TMECC) 05.07A, “Loss-On-Ignition Organic Matter Method”.
F. A description of the equipment and methods used to mix the sand and compost to produce Bioretention Soil.
G. Provide the following information about the testing laboratory(ies) name of laboratory(ies) including:
1. Contact person(s)
a. Address(es)
b. Phone contact(s)
c. E-mail address(es)
d. Qualifications of laboratory(ies), and personnel including date of current certification by STA, ASTM, or approved equal
670
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BIORETENTION SOILS 32 91 14 - 2
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 SAND FOR BIORETENTION SOIL
A. General
1. Sand shall be free of wood, waste, coating such as clay, stone dust, carbonate, etc., or any other deleterious material. All aggregate passing the No. 200 sieve size shall be non-plastic.
B. Sand for Bioretention Soil Texture.
1. Sand for Bioretention Soils shall be analyzed by an accredited lab using #200, #100, #40, #30, #16, #8, #4, and 3/8 inch sieves (ASTM D 422 or as approved by the Engineer), and meet the following gradation:
Sieve Size Percentage Passing (by weight)
Min Max
3/8 Inch 100 100
No. 4 90 100
No. 8 70 100
No. 16 40 95
No. 30 15 70
No. 40 5 55
No. 100 0 15
No. 200 0 5
Note all sands complying with ASTM C33 for fine aggregate comply with the above gradation requirements.
2.02 TOPSOIL FOR BIORETENTION SOIL
A. General: Topsoil shall be free of wood, waste, or any other deleterious material.
B. Topsoil for Bioretention Soil Texture: The overall topsoil texture shall be loamy sand as analyzed by an accredited laboratory. The overall dry weight percentages shall be 60-90% sand, with less than 20% passing than the #200 sieve and less than 5% clay of the total weight with no gravel.
2.03 COMPOSTED MATERIAL
A. Compost shall be a well decomposed, stable, weed free organic matter source meeting the standards developed by the US Composting Council (USCC). The product shall be certified through the USCC Seal of Testing Assurance (STA) Program (a compost testing and information disclosure program).
B. Compost Quality Analysis Before delivery of the soil, the Contractor shall submit a copy of lab analysis performed by a laboratory that is enrolled in the US Composting Council’s Compost Analysis Proficiency (CAP) program and using approved Test Methods for the Evaluation of Composting and Compost (TMECC). The lab report shall verify:
671
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BIORETENTION SOILS 32 91 14 - 3
1. Feedstock Materials shall be specified and include one or more of the following:
landscape/yard trimmings, grass clippings, food scraps, and agricultural crop residues.
2. Organic Matter Content: 35% - 75% by dry wt.
3. Carbon and Nitrogen Ratio: C:N < 25:1.
4. Maturity/Stability: shall have a dark brown color and a soil-like odor. Compost exhibiting a sour or putrid smell, containing recognizable grass or leaves, or is hot (120F) upon delivery or rewetting is not acceptable. In addition, any one of the following is required to indicate stability:
a. Oxygen Test < 1.3 O2 /unit TS /hr
b. Specific oxy. Test < 1.5 O2 / unit BVS
c. Respiration test < 8 C / unit VS / day
d. Dewar test < 20 Temp. rise (°C)
e. Solvita® > 5 Index value
5. Toxicity: any one of the following measures is sufficient to indicate non-toxicity. a. NH4- : NO3-N < 3
b. Ammonium < 500 ppm, dry basis
c. Seed Germination > 80 % of control
d. Plant Trials > 80% of control
e. Solvita® > 5 Index value
6. Nutrient Content: provide analysis detailing nutrient content including N-P-K, Ca, Na, Mg, S, and B.
a. Total Nitrogen content 0.9% or above preferred.
b. Boron: Total shall be <80 ppm; Soluble shall be <2.5 ppm
7. Salinity: Must be reported; < 6.0 mmhos/cm
8. pH shall be between 6.5 and 8. May vary with plant species.
C. Particle size: 95% passing a 1/2” screen.
D. Bulk density: shall be between 500 and 1100 dry lbs/cubic yard E. Moisture Content shall be between 30% - 55% of dry solids F. Inerts: compost shall be relatively free of inert ingredients, including glass, plastic and paper, < 1 % by weight or volume
G. Weed seed/pathogen destruction: provide proof of process to further reduce pathogens (PFRP). For example, turned windrows must reach min. 55C for 15 days with at least 5 turnings during that period.
H. Select Pathogens: Salmonella <3 MPN/4grams of TS, or Coliform Bacteria <10000 MPN/gram
I. Trace Contaminants Metals (Lead, Mercury, Etc.) Product must meet US EPA, 40 CFR 503 regulations
672
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
BIORETENTION SOILS 32 91 14 - 4
J. Compost Testing. The Contractor will test all compost products within 120 calendar days prior to application. Samples will be taken using the STA sample collection protocol. (The sample collection protocol can be obtained from the U.S. Composting Council, 4250 Veterans Memorial Highway, Suite 275, Holbrook, NY 11741 Phone: 631-737-4931, www.compostingcouncil.org). The sample shall be sent to an independent STA Program approved lab. The Contractor will pay for the test.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PLACEMENT AND COMPACTION OF BIORETENTION SOILS
A. Place the bioretention soil in 8" to 12" lifts. Lifts are not to be compacted but are placed to reduce the possibility of excessive settlement. Allow time for natural compaction and settlement prior to planting. Bioretention soil may be watered to encourage compaction.
END OF SECTION 32 91 14
673
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-1
SECTION 32 93 00
PLANTS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: All labor, materials, supplies, tools and transportation to perform all operations in connection with and reasonably incidental to the complete installation of the planting as shown on the Drawings, and specified herein.
B. Work includes but is not limited to:
1. Plant Material
2. Mulches
3. Weed Barrier (Sheet Mulch)
4. Tree Staking
5. 1-year Landscape Establishment
C. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS:
A. Section 31 10 13 “Site Preparation and Plant Protection” B. Section 32 91 13 “Soil Preparation”
C. Section 31 20 00 “Earthwork”
D. Section 32 84 00 “Planting Irrigation”
1.3 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Contractor must have a valid California C-27 Contractor's license authorized by the State of California.
B. Contractor shall provide evidence of sufficient experience with similar projects.
Provide list including a minimum of five recently installed projects with location, date completed, owner, and contact person and phone number.
C. Contractor must have assigned to the project at least one employee possessing a California State Chemical Applicator's License for the control of weeds, plant 674
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-2
diseases and other pests.
D. Plant materials: All plants shall have been grown in nurseries that have been inspected by State of California Department of Agriculture and will be tagged with correct names as per Standard Plant Names. All plant material will be inspected by the Owner’s Representative before being planted, and all plant material not meeting specification requirements will be rejected. Replace, at expense of Contractor, rejected trees, shrubs and groundcovers with plant materials of species and variety that meet specification requirements.
E. Drawings: For the purposes of clarity and legibility, the drawings are essentially diagrammatic, exact location of items are not indicated unless specifically dimensioned. Do not willfully install the landscape materials as shown on the drawings when it is obvious in the field that unknown obstructions, grade differences or discrepancies in area dimensions exist. Such obstructions or differences shall be brought to the attention of the client. In the event this notification is not performed, the Contractor will assume full responsibility for any revision necessary.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: For each of the following:
1. Mulch: Cut sheet verifying feedstock type and producer.
2. A complete plant list indicating species, variety, quantity and size shall be submitted to and accepted by the Owner’s Representative prior to locating plant material on-site.
3. Tree Staking materials
4. Sheet Mulch Materials: 100% Recycled B Flute Cardboard B. Samples for Verification: For each of the following:
1. The following items shall be submitted in a 1-pint minimum volume of each in sealed plastic bag or container. Submittal shall be labeled with weight and source of each item. Each submittal shall represent a true sample of material to be provided at the project site:
a. Mulch
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 PLANT MATERIAL
A. No planting substitutions will be allowed without prior written approval of the Landscape Architect.
B. All plant material must be neonicotinoid free.
C. Provide plants typical of their species or variety, with normal, densely developed branches and vigorous, fibrous root systems. Provide only sound, healthy, vigorous plants free from defects, disfiguring knots, sunscald injuries, frost cracks, abrasions 675
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-3
of the bark, plant diseases, insect eggs, borers, and all forms of infestation. All plants shall have a fully developed form without voids and open spaces.
D. Plants larger than those specified in the plant list may be used when acceptable to the Landscape Architect. If the use of larger plants is acceptable, increase the spread of roots or rootball in proportion to the size of the plant.
E. Plants planted in rows shall be matched in form.
F. Meet all requirements of USA Standard for Nursery Stock, published by the American Association of Nurserymen, Inc., except as otherwise supplemented and modified under this specification section.
G. Cold storage plants are not acceptable.
H. Container plants, one gallon size and larger, shall have grown therein a minimum of six months and a maximum of two years, with roots filling the containers but not showing evidence of being or having been restricted, deformed or rootbound.
I. Provide untapped, straight, single-leader trees except for multiple stem (clump) trees. Deciduous trees shall have heavier than normal top and balanced branching.
J. Trees and shrubs shall have well-developed branch systems; shrubs shall be fullfoliaged and not leggy.
K. Thin, weak and leggy plants will be rejected by the Engineer.
L. All plant material shall be legibly tagged by specie and variety.
M. Nomenclature: Genus, species and variety as indicated on Plant Material Listing.
Plant names are in accordance with those given in Standardized Plant Names, 1942 edition; names of varieties not included therein go by names generally accepted in nursery trade.
N. Plant materials not meeting these requirements shall be removed from the site and replaced to the satisfaction of the Owner’s Representative Contractor's expense.
2.2 MULCH
A. Mulch shall be:
1. Made from organic materials including tree trimmings, clean (unpainted and untreated) wood or wood and plant trimmings, including medium-coarse compost.
2. Free of physical contamination with zero visible contamination at time of final walkthrough. If contamination is present when mulch is delivered, contractor shall reject load or remove contamination.
3. It cannot include forest industry products and byproducts such as redwood bark, peat moss, or gorilla hair, recycled tires or other inorganic materials.
4. Local and generated from feedstock/ materials sourced within 100 miles or 676
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-4
produced at a facility within 100 miles of the project site.
5. Light in color. Black mulches or grape seed pumice mulch is not allowed
6. Acceptable mulch suppliers include:
Recycled mulch- Treeincarnation - Greenwaste recycle yard http://www.greenwasterecycleyard.com/mulch.htm
2.3 WEED BARRIER (SHEET MULCH) CARDBOARD
A. Cardboard for sheet mulch shall be 100% recycled B flute cardboard 70# weight.
Rolls of 70# weight cardboard are 36" x 250' and are sold at a 25 roll minimum.
2.4 TREE STAKING MATERIALS
A. Staking Materials:
1. Stakes: Lodgepole pine (untreated), 2-inch diameter by 10 feet long minimum actual dimensions, of uniform size and pointed at one end.
2. Ties: recycled car tire straps, recycled bicycle innertube or approved equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine areas to receive plants for compliance with requirements and conditions affecting installation and performance.
1. Verify that no foreign or deleterious material or liquid such as paint, paint washout, concrete slurry, concrete layers or chunks, cement, plaster, oils, gasoline, diesel fuel, paint thinner, turpentine, tar, roofing compound, or acid has been deposited in soil within a planting area.
2. Do not mix or place soils and soil amendments in frozen, wet, or muddy conditions.
3. Suspend soil spreading, grading, and tilling operations during periods of excessive soil moisture until the moisture content reaches acceptable levels to attain the required results.
4. Uniformly moisten excessively dry soil that is not workable and which is too dusty.
3.2 WEED BARRIER (SHEET MULCH)
A. Shrub, tree and groundcover areas:
1. Sheet mulch to be applied to ALL planting areas.
2. Incorporate 3CY/1000sf of quality compost specified above in section 3.2 into the site soil.
677
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-5
3. Install 5 gallon and larger plant materials
4. Apply a minimum of two layers of 100% recycled B flute cardboard as a biodegradable weed barrier to the entire planting area, completely covering all existing soil and remaining herbaceous vegetation, if any. a. Wet cardboard while applying to prevent it from blowing away. b. Sheets of cardboard shall overlap a minimum of 12".
c. Cardboard shall abut directly against edge of pavement, curbs, boulders or other site features. Cardboard shall not cover tree and shrub root crowns.
d. Fold excess cardboard under itself when abutting against hardscape objects or root crowns areas, as opposed to being cut, avoid excessive cardboard scraps This folding under process is greatly aided when the cardboard is wet.
e. Avoid walking on wet cardboard or tearing cardboard. Tears allow weeds to grow through the barrier.
f. All cardboard scraps shall remain separated from other construction debris and shall be disposed at the local recycling facility or used on site to cover any holes in cardboard creating during installation.
5. Install an additional 3CY/1000sf of quality organic compost on top of cardboard layer prior to planting to protect cardboard from tearing.
6. Planting in sheet mulch:
a. Include other organic amendments as recommended by the soils report per section 2.2 and 2.3.
b. For 4" pots or smaller plant directly into the compost layer on top of the cardboard without additional compost backfill.
c. For 1 gallon and larger plants, punch or cut holes in the cardboard to plant. Top of rootball shall be even with top of mulch. Keep stems and trunks of all plants clear of compost, mulch, and debris. Incorporate quality, organic compost with excavated soil from the plant pit at a ratio of 1 part compost to 2 parts soil, or as recommended by the soils report.
7. Layout drip lines.
8. Apply 3 inches of mulch on top of the compost for a total sheet mulch depth of approximately 4 inches.
3.3 TREE, SHRUB, VINE AND GROUNDCOVER PLANTING
A. Before planting, verify that root flare is visible at top of root ball according to ANSI Z60.1. If root flare is not visible, remove soil in a level manner from the root ball to 678
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-6
where the top-most root emerges from the trunk. After soil removal to expose the root flare, verify that root ball still meets size requirements.
B. Remove stem girdling roots and kinked roots. Remove injured roots by cutting cleanly; do not break.
C. Excavate circular planting pits with sides sloping inward at a 45-degree angle.
Excavations with vertical sides are not acceptable.
D. Trim perimeter of bottom leaving center area of bottom raised slightly to support root ball and assist in drainage away from center. Do not further disturb base. Ensure that root ball will sit on undisturbed base soil to prevent settling. If area under the plant was initially dug too deep, add soil to raise it to the correct level and thoroughly tamp the added soil to prevent settling.
E. Scarify sides of planting pit if smeared or smoothed during excavation.
F. Excavate approximately three times as wide as ball diameter for trees and two times for shrubs.
G. Maintain required angles of repose of adjacent materials as shown on the Drawings.
Do not excavate subgrades of adjacent paving, structures, hardscapes, or other new or existing improvements.
H. Maintain supervision of excavations during working hours.
I. Keep excavations covered or otherwise protected when unattended by Installer's personnel.
J. Imported topsoil removed from excavations may be used as backfill. Backfill mix should be amended per soils test.
K. Obstructions: Notify Owner’s Representative if unexpected rock or obstructions detrimental to trees or shrubs are encountered in excavations.
L. Drainage: Notify Owner’s Representative if subsoil conditions evidence unexpected water seepage or retention in tree or shrub planting pits. Fill each pit with water, then observe drainage rate for problems prior to plant installation. If drainage problems are present, discuss with the Engineer.
M. Fill excavations with water and allow to percolate away before positioning trees and shrubs.
N. Set trees and shrubs 1" above finished grade. Finish grade is soil level, not including compost and mulch.
O. Space 1-gallon groundcover and shrubs evenly as indicated on the drawings, staggering the spaces around larger shrubs and trees.
P. A four-inch-high water basin shall be constructed around each shrub and tree. After planting, water each plant by filling basin twice.
Q. All trees shall be staked and tied as per detail immediately after planting. Trees will 679
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-7
stand plumb after staking.
R. Water plantings thoroughly every two to three days as required to establish proper rooting.
S. Groundcovers in Flats: Supply delivery tags to help confirm adequacy of plant spacing's. Engineer will take particular care in ensuring that these plants are spaced as specified on plans.
3.4 TREE AND SHRUB PRUNING
A. Remove only dead, dying, or broken branches. Do not prune for shape.
B. Prune, thin, and shape trees, shrubs, and vines as directed by Landscape Architect.
C. Prune, thin, and shape trees, shrubs, and vines according to standard professional horticultural and arboricultural practices. Unless otherwise indicated by Landscape Architect, do not cut tree leaders; remove only injured, dying, or dead branches from trees and shrubs; and prune to retain natural character.
D. All tree species shall have one singular leader unless specified as multi stem. Trees with multiple leaders may be rejected by Landscape Architect; if approved, contractor will preserve the leader that will best promote the symmetry of the plant. Cut branches flush with the trunk or main branch, at a point beyond a lateral shoot or bud a distance of not less than one-half the diameter of the supporting branch. Make cut on an angle.
E. Do not apply pruning paint to wounds.
3.5 TREE STAKING
A. Install trunk stabilization as follows unless otherwise indicated:
B. Staking: Stake all trees per plan and details.
3.6 LANDSCAPE ESTABLISHMENT
A. See section 1.1 for landscape establishment duration.
B. A Rescape Qualified Professional must be included as a primary member of the maintenance team. The professional must have graduated from the ReScape Training Program for Maintaining Existing Landscapes and their qualifications status must be current.
C. Plant trimmings must be cut to less than 4 inches and reincorporated into the mulch layer of the landscape area away from storm drains. If plant trimmings are too much for the landscape area as directed by the City Contractor to export plant debris to a facility where it will be used to produce compost or mulch. Exempt materials include palm fronds, cactus and poison oak as defined by local regulations.
D. Pruning
1. Selective pruning. Plants shall be pruned selectively to remove individual stems or 680
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-8
branches that extend beyond the natural conformation of the plant to a lateral branch or at the point of attachment. Woody groundcovers shall be selectively pruned to control growth towards pavements rather than edged.
2. Hedging and shearing. Contractor shall not sheer plants into formal shapes as this destroys the natural form of the plant and generates excessive waste.
3. Tree pruning shall be performed only by trained, experienced personnel An I.S.A.
Certified Arborist or Tree Worker is to be present at all times during pruning.
E. Protect soil from compaction. Soil may not be worked when wet, generally between October and April. Throughout the year when temporary vehicular access is needed over non-paved areas, distribute the load over the soil with 6 inches of coarse organic mulch or reusable planks. Maintain a 3-inch layer of mulch.
F. Quality, organic compost must be used as the soil amendment for all landscape areas. Compost must meet all requirements in section 2.3 above. Timing of compost applications to be determined by the City.
1. Topdress shrub areas with 3/8-inch compost one time per year (for bidding purposes).
G. Use only organic fertilizers and amendments
1. Acceptable products are those allowed for use in crop production by at least one of the following:
a. Organic Materials Review Institute's Generic Materials List b. California Department of Food and Agriculture's Organic Input Materials Program
c. U.S. Department of Agriculture's National Organic Program
2. Schedule: For bidding purposes apply the following fertilizers: compost, compost tea, and organic fertilizers. The nitrogen content of compost varies; check with producer. Fertilize per soils test maintenance recommendations.
H. Mulching. Contractor shall maintain a minimum of 3" of mulch at all times over soil surface that is not covered by vegetation. Keep mulch 6” away of tree trunks and 4” away from shrub stems. Mulch shall be reapplied at least once per year. Restore plant basins. Replenish mulch to a three inch depth at 6 months and right before the end of one year establishment period.
I. Irrigation Maintenance, Monitoring and Repair
1. Determine irrigation run time demand monthly by recording water meter reading before and after irrigation. Report water use to the property City at a minimum of once a month. Reconcile this data with run times and flow rates to determine if there is unusual consumption which may indicate stuck valves or leaks.
2. Assess the irrigation system while it is in operation at every site visit during the watering season.
681
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-9
3. Submit monthly documentation of irrigation checks to the City and note any changes or adjustments to the system on the 'as built' irrigation plans.
4. Perform the following weekly April through October and monthly November through March:
a. Clean and adjust all sprinkler and bubbler heads, drip emitters and valves for proper coverage.
b. Check and adjust irrigation system pressure.
5. Perform the following systems check twice a year, at a minimum:
a. Ensure all flush valve/cap locations and valve boxes are visible and can be opened.
b. Inspect valves, filters, and pressure regulators for damage or leaks. c. Check wire splices.
d. Clean valve boxes of dirt and debris.
e. Inspect, clean and flush filters and replace damaged or torn filters. f. Flush laterals.
g. Make sure plants have adequate numbers of drip emitters for their size. h. Test backflow preventers.
J. Soil subsidence- Fill in any soil subsidence that may occur, replant trees and or shrubs that may have settled.
K. Adjust and repairing tree staking materials.
L. Utilize Integrated Pest Management- see section 3.16. Utilize Organic Pest Management. Pesticides that are not allowed by OMRI in its generic materials list are prohibited.
M. Weed management
1. Weeds must be properly managed throughout the duration of the establishment period in all planting areas including but not limited to non-irrigated native seed mix, seeded lawn, native no mow seed and biofiltration sod and mulched tree and mulched shrub and groundcover planting aras.
2. Weeds should be removed at a minimum of once a month. Acceptable weed levels to be approved by the City.
3. Herbicides: When cultural, mechanical, physical and biological controls have provided inadequate pest control; the City may select and apply an appropriate least-toxic herbicide as a last resort. Only OMRI- or Our Water Our World (OWOW)- listed herbicides may be used without written permission of the City. 682
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-10
Herbicides not on the OMRI or OWOW lists, including Roundup, may only be used with the written permission of the City
4. Approved Herbicides include:
a. Herbicidal soaps (fatty acids of potassium salts).
b. Acetic and citric acids.
c. Clove, citrus, mint and thyme oil.
d. Corn gluten meal pre-emergent.
5. Prohibited herbicides:
a. Groundwater contaminants such as: Atrazine (Aatrex) - groundwater contaminant, Simazine (Princep), Bromacil (Hyvar, Krovar), Prometon (Pramitol), Bentazon (Basagran) and Norflurazon (Solicam, Predict, Zorial). b. Compost contaminants, such as Picloram and Clopyralid.
6. Notice of herbicide use:
a. Use the notification and posting requirements listed above in Section
5.1, E.3.c - Notice of Pesticide Use.
3.7 INTEGRATED PEST MANAGEMENT
A. Contractor shall utilize integrated pest management (IPM) practices during installation and establishment period to control pests and disease in the landscape.
IPM uses cultural, mechanical, physical, and biological control methods before using pesticides. Chemical controls are applied only when monitoring indicates that preventative and non-chemical methods are not keeping pests below acceptable levels. When pesticides are required, the least toxic and the least persistent pesticide that will provide adequate pest control is applied. Refer to Bay Friendly Landscape (BFL) Guidelines and for more information.
B. Controls:
1. Cultural/Mechanical/physical methods will be used as the first choice in weed management.
a. Monitor planting areas frequently to identify and eradicate weeds early in the growth stage prior to their setting seed.
b. Cut or pull weeds using hand-operated equipment where possible. c. Mulches shall be maintained at all times over soil surface that is not covered by vegetation.
d. Propane-fueled flamers may be used in winter and spring with required permits and approval by the Fire Marshall to kill early-season, non-grass weeds by heating the cells until they burst. The weed quickly wilts and dies. 683
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
PLANTS 32 93 00-11
C. If allowed on this project, Contractor shall apply all chemicals in a safe manner and according to label instructions and Agency, State and Federal requirements. A California Chemical Applicators license is required by the Contractor for chemical applications. The Contractor shall mix and apply chemicals to protect against accidental spills and drift to non-target areas, and to insure safety of the applicator.
Any spilled chemicals, as well as contaminated soil, water, and/or landscape materials must be removed from the Project and disposed of in accordance with the Agency requirements. The Contractor shall maintain applicator's licenses and records of applications as required by the State.
D. A Chemical Work Report shall be completed for each chemical application.
1. The Contractor is responsible for submitting chemical usage reports to the County Agricultural Department.
2. Contractor shall maintain records of all pest management activities. Each record shall include the following information:
a. target pest;
b. type and quantity of pesticide used;
c. site of the pesticide application;
d. date the pesticide was used;
e. name of the pesticide applicator;
f. application equipment used;
g. prevention and other non-chemical methods of control used.
3. Contractor shall submit the pest management record to Owner on monthly basis.
3.8 CLEANUP AND PROTECTION
A. Contractor shall exercise caution to avoid washing or sweeping dirt and debris into the storm drain system.
3.9 DISPOSAL
A. Recycle all waste per City of Richmond mandates. Reuse or return unused items such as palettes, flats and pots. All plant debris shall be separated from other refuse and taken to a facility where it will be recycled i.e., to produce compost or mulch.
END OF SECTION 32 93 00
684
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 1
SECTION 33 10 00
WATER UTILITIES
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 SECTION INCLUDES
A. Specifications for providing water service and distribution as indicated in the Contract Drawings and includes furnishing, installing, testing, and disinfecting permanent water supply piping and services as indicated.
B. All work on the jurisdictional agency’s facilities shall be in accordance with the agency’s adopted standards and performed by the agency or their representative.
C. Contractor shall coordinate with the local jurisdictional water district to install new water lateral from the water main to the water meter. Contractor shall mark the water meter location in the field as requested by the local water agency.
D. Contractor shall be responsible for all site water distribution system improvements from the water meter to the project site.
1.02 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 31 23 24 – Trench Excavation and Backfill
1.03 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples
B. Shop drawings showing all piping layout and pipe sizes, valves, backflow prevention device, and locations of tie-ins, and thrust blocks.
C. Manufacturer’s product data for manufactured materials and equipment, including all valves and backflow prevention device.
1.04 SITE CONDITIONS
A. Excavations in which products will be buried shall be dry.
B. Coordinate the installation of water supply system with the jurisdictional water utility owner.
Contractor shall coordinate with jurisdictional water utility owner for installation of the new domestic water meter and water lateral within the City right-of-way. The jurisdictional water utility owner shall install the new domestic water lateral from the existing water main to the new water meter. Contractor shall coordinate depth and location of new domestic water lateral with the jurisdictional water utility owner.
C. Existing Underground Piping: Existing utilities and piping, where known, are shown on the Drawings. Exact locations and depths of existing lines must be determined in the field 685
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 2
by the Contractor by exploration using methods which will not damage any existing improvements.
D. Location and Alignment of New Work: Pipe alignments may be varied from those shown on the Drawings when field conditions indicate that the change would be advantageous.
Any such proposed changes shall be brought to the attention of the Engineer. Changes shall not be made until written approval from Engineer has been obtained. Provide traffic cover plates over trenches at streets, parking areas and pedestrian pathways to maintain access, unless closure is permitted by the Engineer.
E. Interference with Normal Operations at the Site: All pipe work shall be coordinated with the required excavation and backfill so that there will be a minimum of interruption in the normal use of roads, parking areas, pathways and other existing facilities.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE MATERIALS, SIZES AND OTHER REQUIREMNTS
A. Water Service Line (pipe size 3 inches and smaller)
1. Water lateral shall be ASTM B88 type “K” copper pipe with brazed joints using minimum 15 % silver brazing alloy.
B. Couplings and pipe thread adapters for copper tubing shall be Mueller 110 compression connection series or equal. Soldered joints are not allowed.
C. All ferrous materials, restrainers, T-Head bolts, clamps, joint restraint clams, washers, tie rods, bolts and nuts shall have at least one coat of protective coating (bituminous mastic) of an approved type before backfilling.
D. Hot tapping and use of saddles are not permitted unless approved in advance by the Engineer.
2.02 Valves
A. Valves shall conform to AWWA C-504. Valves shall be Pratt Butterfly Valves (or equivalent)
B. Indicating posts used for underground valves or wall indicating valves shall be of the type that use the words “OPEN” when the valve is open and “SHUT” when the valve is closed.
Mueller gate valves with a resilient seal (or equivalent) shall be used.
C. Valves shall open when turned counter-clockwise.
D. A concrete pad shall be placed under all valves.
2.03 Water Supply Backflow Preventer Assemblies
A. Backflow Prevention Devices
1. Backflow preventers shall be as indicated in the plans. 686
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 3
2. A one inch (1”) outlet with bolted flange shall be provided downstream of the backflow preventer for testing purposes.
3. All test openings in the backflow preventer shall be plugged.
4. Select appropriate backflow prevention devices for the intended service. The following devices are listed in approximate decreasing order of effectiveness and reliability.
5. Air-Gap Separations (a physical break between the supply pipe and a receiving vessel): The air gap shall be at least twice the diameter of the supply pipe, measured vertically above the overflow rim of the vessel with a minimum clearance of one inch (1"). This provides the maximum degree of protection and should be used wherever a non-pressurized supply is acceptable. It shall be used where sewage or toxic substances are involved.
6. Reduced-Pressure Backflow Preventers: Use for protection of all direct or indirect connections where the device may be subject to back pressure and for isolating industrial water systems from the domestic water system. Locate in an accessible location. Where spillage is unacceptable, discharge with an air gap into a floor drain. Install backflow preventer at least 12" above floor or ground. Test cocks must be accessible.
7. Pressure-Type Vacuum Breaker: Use only as protection for direct or indirect water connections to all types of polluted or contaminated liquids where the vacuum breakers are not subject to back pressures. These units may be installed under continuous line pressure. Install in an accessible location. Where spilling into room is objectionable, it shall be specified as modified with drain connection and waste.
8. Anti-Siphon Ballcocks: Use for tank-type water closets and urinals. The outlet of the backflow preventer shall be at least one inch (1") above the opening of the overflow pipe.
9. Vacuum Breakers for Flush Valves: Occurs at toilets or urinals. Specify installation at least four inches (4") above the overflow rim.
10. Tamper-Proof Cage- Placer Waterworks PW/E1A-M or equal, as approved by EBMUD. Install tamper-proof cage per EBMUD Standard Plan 9498-GB.
11. Exposed Metal - All exposed iron/metal (bends, bolts, glands, rings) shall be wrapped with six-inch pipe wrap (tape coat HD 30).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Water service for drinking fountain and irrigation purposes as indicated in the plans.
3.02 MAINTAINING WATER SERVICES
A. Maintain water service and conduct operations at times selected to minimize duration and inconvenience of service interruption.
B. Water valves in service owned by the jurisdictional water utility Owner shall be operated only by personnel of that jurisdictional water utility district. 687
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 4
C. Except as specified otherwise herein, and where applicable, materials and construction methods shall be in accordance with the provisions of the jurisdictional water utility district standard drawings and specifications.
3.03 INSTALLATION
A. Installation Requirements
1. Excavating and backfilling, including bedding and compacting requirements, to the backflow preventer assemblies shall be in accordance with the provisions of the jurisdictional water utility district standard drawings and specifications. Excavating and backfilling, including bedding and compacting requirements, beyond the backflow preventer assemblies shall conform to Section 312324 – Trench Excavation and Backfill.
2. Provide concrete thrust blocks for elbows, tees, valves, and appurtenances of buried piping. Thrust blocks shall be constructed as indicated.
3. Install piping true to line and grade, supported and guided to assure alignment under all conditions.
4. Install unions at each connection to valves.
5. Make change in line with fittings. Do not spring joints to effect change of direction.
6. Do not field cut pipe unless necessary. Make such necessary cuts by means of equipment designed for the purpose, ensuring a smooth square end.
7. For connection to existing pipe, provide pipe with suitable ends or adapters, after verification of size and type of existing pipe.
B. Valves
1. Install valves in accordance with the valve manufacturer’s installation instructions.
2. Where valves are provided by the jurisdictional water utility, provide suitable access for operation of valves.
3. Unless approved by the Engineer, campus personnel shall operate, open, or close any valve in the existing system.
4. Valves shall conform to AWWA C-504. Valves shall be Pratt Butterfly Valves (or equivalent) except as required by section (5) (below).
5. As applicable, indicating posts used for underground valves or wall indicating valves shall be of the type that use the words “OPEN” when the valve is open and “SHUT” when the valve is closed. Mueller gate valves with a resilient seal (or equivalent) shall be used.
6. Valves shall open when turned counter-clockwise.
7. A concrete pad shall be placed under all valves.
C. Thrust Blocks and Harnessing
1. Provide for counteracting thrust caused by static and dynamic forces, including water hammer at bends, tees, reducers, valves, and dead-ends by installing harnessing as indicated or required. For other methods, submit details for approval of the Engineer prior to use.
2. Provide concrete thrust blocks as indicated where harnessing is not practicable.
D. Water Service Connectors
688
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 5
1. Make water service connections, as indicated, in accordance with California Plumbing Code and the installation instructions of the service pipe and fittings manufacturer.
E. Acceptance Requirements
1. After installation of pipes, ends of pipes shall be either capped or plugged. No piping shall be buried before being inspected and tested.
F. Corrosion Protection
All buried ferrous metal fittings and appurtenances shall be provided with epoxy coating corrosion protection and as indicated in the design plans.
1. Ferrous metal fittings and appurtenance as herein referred to are: valves, tees, elbows, reducers, crosses, plug assemblies, pumping tees, services, blowoff installations, flexible couplings, leak clamps, tie rods, etc.
2. Joints, fittings, and appurtenances that are required to be coated by the Contractor may be coated before or after installation in the trench.
3. Cast-iron pipe or bare metal pipe extending into the soil from a concrete structure shall be insulated from the concrete and leak-proofed. The insulation shall extend through the concrete a minimum of three (3) inches on each side. The insulation shall consist of one layer of Scotchrap Tape No. 50 and two coats of bituminous paint. The pipe shall be clean, dry, and free from loose scale before applying the adhesive and tape. The edges of the tape shall be lapped not less than one-half (1/2) inch.
4. Bituminous coating shall be applied in two coats with a minimum 20-mil dry thickness per coat. Applications shall be in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. Allow first coat to dry as recommended by the manufacturer before application of second coat. Allow second coat to dry before encasing in polyethylene tubing or wrap. Inspector must inspect coating prior to covering with polyethylene. Joints must be not be covered with polyethylene during the pressure test witnessed by the Owner’s Representative.
3.04 TESTS
A. Protection from Flooding
B. Provide positive measures to protect exposed, installed pipe and compacted pipe bedding from flooding during testing.
C. Notice of Testing
1. Give three (3) days notice of intention of testing to the Engineer and jurisdictional agency. The Contractor will furnish, install, and operate pumps, gages, meters, and individual pipe connections to test openings.
2. Designate largest sections feasible for testing and sterilizing.
D. Testing Requirements
1. Prior to backfilling, isolate system by use of approved valves, caps and plugs, or other means.
689
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 6
2. Maintain such isolation throughout the performance of leakage and pressure testing.
3. Where valves are used for isolation, eliminate leakage through such valves if it occurs. Maintain new work isolated from existing water mains, except for test connections, until testing and sterilization have been completed.
4. For hydrostatic tests, provide approved caps and plugs in sections to be tested and remove them after testing.
5. Prevent leakage in pipes and fittings at openings. Temporarily block plugged and capped ends to prevent displacement.
6. Install water source connection for testing, as directed.
7. Provide labor and materials required for leakage testing, including excavation for installation and removal of pumps, gages, meters, and water source connections.
8. Where leakage exceeds the Owner’s standards, perform necessary corrective measures.
9. Remove and replace defective pipes, joints, fittings, valves and appurtenances.
Reset such items if displaced.
E. Hydrostatic Tests
1. Perform hydrostatic tests in accordance with the Owner’s requirements. All such tests shall be witnessed by the representative. The Contractor shall be responsible for making all such arrangements.
2. Test the fire water system hydrostatically in sections to a pressure of at least 200 psi or 50 psi + maximum static pressure, whichever is greater for not less than 120 minutes.
3. Test the domestic water system for building service lateral(s) at 100 psi for 120 minutes. Pressure test pipe before backfilling. Repair leaks and retest the system until the system is leak free. Use instruments calibrated by a quality laboratory.
4. The test pressure shall not drop during the test period.
5. Leakage is permitted in accordance with NFPA 24 Section 10.10.2.2.4.
6. Gauges shall be either:
A digital gauge having a 0.1-psi resolution and a 1% full scale accuracy or An analog gauge having a 3½ inch diameter face and a 1% full scale accuracy. The test pressure shall not exceed 75% of the analog gauge full scale. Gradations shall be in 1-psi increments
7. Test sequence shall be as follows:
a. Lines shall be fully flushed.
b. Lines shall be hydrostatically tested.
c. Lines shall be fully flushed.
d. Lines shall be fully disinfected.
3.05 SYSTEM DISINFECTION
A. Standard Disinfection Procedure For Domestic Water System
1. Supervision and Testing: Perform entire disinfection procedure under the supervision of the Engineer. Provide five (5) days’ notice to schedule procedure. 690
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 7
2. Contractor's Responsibility: Furnish a copy of the California Department of Pesticide Regulation (DPR) Qualified Applicator License, equipment, materials and transportation to disinfect domestic hot and cold water systems and fire lines directly connected thereto, in conformity with procedures and standards described herein.
3. Disinfecting Agent: An aqueous solution of sodium hypochlorite (minimum 5.25% available chlorine). The use of powdered hypochlorite and chlorine gas are prohibited unless specifically approved by the Engineer.
4. Preliminary Preparations:
a. Service Cock: Provide within three feet (3'-0”) of the entrance of the supply main to the building, a three-quarter inch (3/4") service cock, or valve, for the purpose of introducing the disinfecting agent.
b. Flushing: After final pressure tests and before draining for disinfection, open each fixture or outlet until the water flow is clear.
5. Disinfection Procedure:
a. Drain entire domestic water system including fire line. b. Post suitable warning signs at each outlet: Warning - Do Not Use - Water System Being Chlorinated.
c. Inject disinfectant solution into the system through the service cock by means of a pump, or other pressure device, at a slow continuous rate, simultaneous with a reduced flow from the water main, until the Ortho-Tolidin test for residual chlorine at each outlet shows a concentration of at least 50 ppm, but note more than 100 ppm.
d. Close all outlets and valves, including the service valve at the main and the injection cock. Retain the chlorinated water in the system for 24 hours. e. After the 24 hour holding period, the residual chlorine concentration shall be not less than 50 ppm as shown by the Ortho-Tolidin test. f. Drain and flush entire domestic water system until Ortho-Tolidin tests show background residual chlorine concentration at any and all outlets. g. The Engineer shall determine whether samples of water must be collected and analyzed for the determination of bacteriological quality.
6. Standards Necessary for Approval:
a. The water system shall have been uniformly chlorinated under the supervision of the Engineer as outlined above.
b. The results of water sample analysis shall be negative for the Coliform organisms.
c. If the test for the bacteriological quality of the water in the system does not meet the standards, repeat the disinfection procedure until the specified standards are met.
END OF SECTION 33 10 00
691
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
WATER UTILITIES 33 10 00 - 8
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
692
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM 33 30 00 - 1
SECTION 33 30 00
SITE SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. Specifications for providing furnishing, testing, and connections of the site sanitary sewerage service in the ground from the sewer main to the building point of connection as indicated in the plans, these specifications, and directed by the Engineer.
B. Contractor shall coordinate with the local jurisdictional sanitary district for connection to the sewer main.
C. Contractor shall meet all local jurisdictional sanitary district standards and specifications or as approved by the Engineer.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Contractor shall provide submittal for each Respective manufacturer’s product data for manufactured products.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE - POLYVINYL CHLORIDE PVC C-900 (RUBBER RING JOINTS) - This specification designates general requirements for unplasticized polyvinyl chloride (PVC) Plastic Pipe with integral wall bell-and-spigot joints. All PVC pipe shall be white or green.
PVC Pipe and Fittings shall conform to all the requirements of AWWA C-900 for pipe with a DR = 18. All pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be of the same manufacture in order that bell-and-spigot configurations will be identical. Pipe shall be made up with rubber ring joints to provide for expansion and contraction. The bell shall consist of an integral wall section stiffened with two PVC retainer rings which securely lock the solid cross section rubber ring into position. Methods of installation shall be in strict conformance with the recommendations of the manufacturer. The rubber ring gaskets shall consist of synthetic rubber compounds meeting the requirements of ASTM F-477. All fittings for C-900 pipe shall be one piece and shall meet the requirements of ASTM D-1784. Fittings shall conform to requirements of DR 18. Bells shall be gasketed joint conforming to ASTM D3139 with gaskets conforming to ASTM F-477.
2.02 PLASTIC METALLIC TAPE. Directly above the pipeline as shown on the plans, the Contractor shall install a continuous twelve (12) inch wide green plastic/metallic tape.
Plastic tape to assist in easy location of the pipeline shall be Detectable tape as manufactured by Allen Systems, Inc, 108 East Wesley, Wheaton, IL, 60187, or Terra Tape as manufactured by Griffolyer Company, Div of Reef Industries, Inc, P O Box 33248, 693
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM 33 30 00 - 2
Houston, TX 77033, or approved equal. Legend printed on the tape shall be "CAUTION:
SEWER MAIN BELOW"
2.03 LOCATOR WIRE. The locator wire shall be Copperhead No. 12 AWG-Solid HS-CCS tracer wire, 30 mil HDPE, 30 volt as manufactured by Copperhead Industries, LLC or equal. Locator wire shall be terminated in manholes or in a precast concrete traffic box with a cast iron traffic lid. The continuity of the locater wire shall be tested prior to final paving. All wire connections shall be made with copper crimps wrapped with electrical tape.
2.04 BACKWATER PREVENTION DEVICE (BPD). BPD shall be as indicated in the Contract plans with Sewer Popper Model S62-304 in hardscape areas. In landscape or softscape areas, BPD shall be Genplex - Kelly Backwater
2.05 UTILITY BOXES. Cleanout boxes in non-traffic areas shall be Christy B09 box with D&L Cover I-2821-01 or approved equal. Cleanout boxes in traffic areas shall be Christy B16 box with precast concrete lid or approved equal.
2.06 ADJUSTABLE REPAIR COUPLINGS. For connections of dissimilar side sewer lateral pipe materials, utilize Fernco, 5000 Series RC coupling with Type 316 Stainless Steel hardware or approved equal.
2.07 LATERAL CONNECTIONS TO SANITARY SEWER MAIN - Service lateral connection to the sewer main shall be as indicated in plans and as approved by the local jurisdictional agency.
2.08 SANITARY SEWER CLEANOUTS - Two-way Sanitary Sewer Clean outs on 4 inch sanitary sewer laterals shall be cast iron ANACO, Two-Way Combination Clean-out; American Brass and Iron; or equal. Sanitary sewer cleanouts on 6 inch and larger pipe shall be a combination Wye and 1/8th bend, ANACO; American Brass and Iron; or equal.
2.09 AREA DRAIN – Zurn Z1800-12B stainless steel or equal.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPE LAYING
A. The pipe shall be installed in conformance with the requirements of ASTM D 2321, as specified herein and as shown on the Drawings. The pipe sections shall be closely jointed to form a smooth flow line. Immediately before placing each section of pipe in final position for connecting joints, the bedding for the pipe shall be checked for firmness and uniformity of surface.
B. Proper implements, tools, and facilities as recommended by the pipe manufacturer's printed instructions shall be provided and used by the CONTRACTOR for safe and efficient execution of the work. All pipe, fittings, and accessories shall be carefully lowered 694
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM 33 30 00 - 3
into the trench by means of derrick, ropes, or other suitable equipment in such a manner as to prevent damage to pipe and fittings. Under no circumstances shall pipe or accessories be dropped or dumped into the trench.
C. Cutting and machining of the pipe shall be accomplished in accordance with the pipe manufacturer's standard procedures for this operation. Pipe shall not be cut with a cold chisel, standard iron pipe cutter, nor any other method that may fracture the pipe or will produce ragged, uneven edges.
D. Installation of pipes in prepared trenches shall start at the lowest point, with the spigot ends pointing in the direction of flow.
E. The pipe and accessories shall be inspected for defects prior to lowering into the trench.
Any defective, damaged or unsound pipe shall be repaired or replaced. All foreign matter or dirt shall be removed from the interior of the pipe before lowering into position in the trench. Pipe shall be kept clean during and after laying. All openings in the pipe line shall be closed with water tight expandable type sewer plugs or test plugs at the end of each day's operation or whenever the pipe openings are left unattended. The use of burlap, wood, or other similar temporary plugs will not be permitted.
F. Adequate protection and maintenance of all underground and surface utility structures, drains, sewers, and other obstructions encountered in the progress of the work shall be furnished by the CONTRACTOR at its own expense.
G. Installation of Warning Tape shall be THOR ENTERPRISES, CALPICO, or equal. Tape to hold the wire in place shall be pipe wrap tape, 2 inches wide, 10 mil.
3.02 PIPE HANDLING
A. Handling of all pipe shall be done with care to insure that the pipe is not damaged in any manner during storage, transit, loading, unloading, and installation.
B. Pipe shall be inspected both prior to and after installation in the trench and all defective lengths shall be rejected and immediately removed from the working area.
3.03 FIELD JOINTING
A. Each pipe elastomeric-gasket joint shall be installed in conformance with the manufacturer's printed recommendations. Elastomeric Gaskets shall be conform to ASTM D3212.
B. The ring and the ring seat inside the bell shall be wiped clean before the gasket is inserted.
Lubricant other than that furnished with the pipe shall not be used. The end of the pipe shall be then forced into the ring to complete the joint.
C. The pipe shall not be deflected either vertically or horizontally in excess of the printed recommendations of the manufacturer.
D. When pipe laying is not in progress, the open ends of the pipe shall be closed to prevent trench water from entering pipe. Adequate backfill shall be deposited on pipe to prevent 695
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM 33 30 00 - 4
floating of pipe. Any pipe which has floated shall be removed from the trench, cleaned, and re-laid in an acceptable manner. No pipe shall be laid when, in the opinion of the ENGINEER, the trench conditions or weather are unsuitable for such work.
3.04 FITTINGS
A. All fittings shall be installed utilizing standard installation procedures. Fittings shall be lowered into trench by acceptable means without damage to the fittings. Fittings shall be carefully connected to pipe or other facility, and joint shall be checked to insure a sound and proper joint.
3.05 BACKWATER PREVENTION DEVICE
A. SEWERPOPPER and SSCO in Christy model BO9 Box with D&L Foundry V-09 grated cast iron lids as indicated in plans or approved equal shall be installed within hardscaped locations where the sewer exits the structure foundation within 18”-24”. The BPD shall be located at least 6 inches below the building finished floor.
END OF SECTION 33 30 00
696
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
SITE SANITARY SEWERAGE SYSTEM 33 30 00 - 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
697
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 33 40 00 - 1
SECTION 33 40 00
STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM
PART 1 - GENERAL
SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Furnish and install storm drainage facilities as shown on the Drawings, described in these specifications, and as required to construct a complete and operable storm water runoff drainage system.
RELATED SECTIONS
A. Section 31 23 24 – Trench Excavation and Backfill
REFERENCES
A. American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials (AASHTO) B. State of California, Department of Transportation, Standard Specifications (Standard Specifications) Current Edition.
C. Standard Specifications for Public Works Construction written by the Southern California Chapter, American Public Works Association
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
PVC Pipe (PVC)
A. Pipe: C900 Pipe shall conform to ASTM D-1784, DR 26, Bell and Spigot rubber joints for pipe sizes 4” through 8”.
SIDEWALK UNDERDRAIN
A. See City of Richmond Standard Sidewalk Underdrain Plan 5-AA-1123 and as modified in the plans.
SUB-DRAINAGE SYSTEM FOR BIORETENTION AREAS
A. Aggregate base shall be permeable Class 2, 3/4" maximum. When the aggregate base is constructed in more than one layer, the previously constructed layer shall be cleaned of loose and foreign matter by sweeping with power sweepers or power brooms, except that hand brooms may be used in areas where power cleaning is not practicable. Adequate drainage shall be provided during the entire period of construction to prevent water from collecting or standing on the area to be covered with aggregate base. 698
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 33 40 00 - 2
B. Sub-drainage shall be as shown in the Plans, as noted in Section 68 of the Standard Specifications, and these specifications. All pipe shall be polyvinyl chloride (PVC) conforming to ASTM D 3034, SDR 26 with bell and spigot joints. Perforated pipe shall conform to ASTM D 2729. Perforations shall be 2 rows of ½” holes on 5” centers, 120° apart.Backfill material shall conform to Class II permeable as defined in Section 68.
C. Catch Basin
1. Precast concrete, OldCaste with bedding per manufacturer’s recommendation, or as approved by the Engineer.
2. Grates and frames shall be heavy duty, slotted, cast iron, supplied by the manufacturer of the catch basin and be matched to the catch basin.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 CLEANING
a) Thoroughly clean the inside of each existing piping system of all dirt, loose scale, sand, and other foreign material. Cleaning shall be by sweeping, flushing with water, or blowing with compressed air, as appropriate for the size and type of pipe.
Flushing shall achieve a velocity of at least 3 feet per second. Contractor shall be responsible for collection and disposal of all debris gathered from cleaning operations.
3.02 SAWCUTTING
a) Contractor shall sawcut at the nearest joint or as approved by the Engineer for installation of pipe under hardscape areas.
END OF SECTION 33 40 00
699
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
STORM DRAINAGE SYSTEM 33 40 00 - 3
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
700
SHIELDS REID PARK IMPROVEMENTS
CITY OF RICHMOND
APPENDIX A.
GEOTECHNICAL REPORT
701
Geotechnical Investigation Report
Shields Reid Park Revitalization
1410 Kelsey St, Richmond, California
SUBMITTED TO:
Ms. Jesse Jones
Associate Principal
Placeworks
[email protected]
October 18, 2023
REFERENCE: GOOGLE EARTH, 2023
702
A3GEO, Inc. • 821 Bancroft Way, Berkeley, CA 94710
i
October 18, 2023
Ms. Jesse Jones
Associate Principal
Placeworks
[email protected]
RE: Geotechnical Investigation Report
Shields Reid Park Revitalization
1410 Kelsey St
Richmond, CA 94801
Dear Ms. Jones:
This report presents the results of our design-level geotechnical study for the Shields Reid Park Revitalization project located at 1410 Kelsey St in Richmond, California.
The accompanying report presents a general summary of the subsurface conditions encountered in this investigation, discussions pertaining to geotechnical feasibility and design considerations, evaluations, and conclusions regarding appropriate foundation types for new ancillary structures, and design-level geotechnical recommendations.
The findings and conclusions presented in this report were developed in accordance with generally accepted geotechnical principles and practices at the time that the report was prepared. Should you have questions or comments concerning our findings, conclusions, or recommendations, please do not hesitate to call.
Sincerely,
A3GEO, Inc.
Dario Leekam, PE
Project Engineer
[email protected]
Timothy P. Sneddon, PE, GE
Principal Engineer
[email protected]
703
A3GEO, Inc. • 821 Bancroft Way, Berkeley, CA 94710
ii
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1. Introduction .....................................................................................................................................................1
1.01 Overview .................................................................................................................................................1
1.02 Project Description..................................................................................................................................1
1.03 Purpose and Scope of Services..............................................................................................................1
1.04 Site Overview..........................................................................................................................................2
2. Methods of Investigation .................................................................................................................................3
2.01 Review of Existing Information................................................................................................................3
2.02 Site Reconnaissance Visit ......................................................................................................................3
2.03 Subsurface Investigations.......................................................................................................................3
2.04 Laboratory Testing ..................................................................................................................................3
3. Geologic, Seismic, and Historical Setting .......................................................................................................5
3.01 Regional and Local Geology...................................................................................................................5
3.02 Regional Active Faults ............................................................................................................................5
3.03 Regional Seismicity.................................................................................................................................6
3.04 Geologic Hazard Mapping.......................................................................................................................7
3.05 Site History..............................................................................................................................................7
4. Site Conditions................................................................................................................................................7
4.01 Surface Conditions..................................................................................................................................7
4.02 Subsurface Conditions............................................................................................................................7
4.03 Groundwater ...........................................................................................................................................7
5. Geologic and Geotechnical Hazards ..............................................................................................................9
5.01 Earthquake Ground Shaking...................................................................................................................9
5.02 Earthquake-induced Soil Liquefaction and Dynamic Settlement............................................................9
5.03 Expansive Soils.....................................................................................................................................10
5.04 Soil Corrosion Potential.........................................................................................................................10
5.05 Other Geologic Hazards Not Present ...................................................................................................10
6. Geotechnical Design Recommendations......................................................................................................11
6.01 Feasibility ..............................................................................................................................................11
6.02 Nonengineered Fill................................................................................................................................11
6.03 Earthwork ..............................................................................................................................................11
6.03.1 Clearing and Site Preparation.......................................................................................................11
6.03.2 Material for Fill...............................................................................................................................11
6.03.3 Subgrade Preparation...................................................................................................................12
6.03.4 New Fill Placement .......................................................................................................................13
6.03.5 Utilities and Trench Backfill...........................................................................................................13
6.04 Structural Slab (Mat) Foundation..........................................................................................................14
6.05 Spread Footings....................................................................................................................................14
6.06 Interior Slabs-on-Grade.........................................................................................................................15
6.07 Slab Moisture Vapor Reduction ............................................................................................................16
6.08 Lime or Cement Treatment ...................................................................................................................16
6.09 Exterior Flatwork ...................................................................................................................................17
6.10 Vehicular Pavement..............................................................................................................................17
6.10.1 Flexible Asphalt Concrete (AC).....................................................................................................17
6.10.2 Rigid Portland Cement Concrete (PCC) .......................................................................................18
6.11 Pole Foundations ..................................................................................................................................19
6.12 Drainage and Site Maintenance............................................................................................................19
6.13 Construction Considerations.................................................................................................................19
6.13.1 Excavation and Shoring ................................................................................................................19
6.13.2 Construction Monitoring ................................................................................................................20
6.13.3 Site Runoff and Earthwork ............................................................................................................20
6.13.4 Wet Weather Construction............................................................................................................20
6.14 Future Geotechnical Services...............................................................................................................20 704
A3GEO, Inc. • 821 Bancroft Way, Berkeley, CA 94710
iii
7. Limitations .....................................................................................................................................................21
8. Select References.........................................................................................................................................22 TABLES
Table 1 - Approximate Distances and Directions to Nearby Active Fault Systems ................................................6 Table 2 - Magnitude 6.5 or Greater Earthquakes; 1836-1998................................................................................6 Table 3 - San Francisco Region UCERF3 Forecast (WGCEP, 2013)....................................................................6 Table 4 - 2022 CBC Seismic Design Parameters...................................................................................................9 Table 5 - Allowable Mat Bearing Pressures..........................................................................................................14 Table 6 - Allowable Spread Footing Bearing Pressures.......................................................................................15 Table 7 - Flexible Pavement Thickness Design....................................................................................................17 Table 8 - Concrete Pavement Structural Sections................................................................................................18
FIGURES
Figure 1 - Vicinity Map
Figure 2 - Site Plan
Figure 3 - Fault Map
Figure 4 - Geologic Map
Figure 5 - Liquefaction Hazard Map
APPENDICES
Appendix A – Boring Logs
Appendix B – Laboratory Test Results
705
A3GEO, Inc. • 821 Bancroft Way, Berkeley, CA 94710